- <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> 
-   
- < link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="lua.css"- > 
- < link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css"- > 
- < META HTTP-EQUIV="content-type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"- > 
-   
-   
- < a href="http://www.lua.org/"- >< img src="logo.gif" alt="" border="0"- >< /a- > 
- Lua 5.2 Reference Manual 
-   
- by Roberto Ierusalimschy, Luiz Henrique de Figueiredo, Waldemar Celes 
- Copyright © 2011–2015 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. 
- Freely available under the terms of the 
- < a href="http://www.lua.org/license.html"- >Lua license< /a- >. 
-   
- < a href="contents.html#contents"- >contents< /A- > 
- · 
- < a href="contents.html#index"- >index< /A- > 
-   
- <!-- ====================================================================== --> 
-   
- <!-- $Id: manual.of,v 1.104 2013/06/01 00:13:11 roberto Exp $ --> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h1- > 1-  – < a name="1"- >Introduction< /a- >< /h1- > 
-   
- Lua is an extension programming language designed to support 
- general procedural programming with data description 
- facilities. 
- It also offers good support for object-oriented programming, 
- functional programming, and data-driven programming. 
- Lua is intended to be used as a powerful, lightweight, 
- embeddable scripting language for any program that needs one. 
- Lua is implemented as a library, written in < em- >clean C< /em- >, 
- the common subset of Standard C and C++. 
-   
-   
- Being an extension language, Lua has no notion of a "main" program: 
- it only works < em- >embedded< /em- > in a host client, 
- called the < em- >embedding program< /em- > or simply the < em- >host< /em- >. 
- The host program can invoke functions to execute a piece of Lua code, 
- can write and read Lua variables, 
- and can register C functions to be called by Lua code. 
- Through the use of C functions, Lua can be augmented to cope with 
- a wide range of different domains, 
- thus creating customized programming languages sharing a syntactical framework. 
- The Lua distribution includes a sample host program called < code- >lua< /code- >, 
- which uses the Lua library to offer a complete, standalone Lua interpreter, 
- for interactive or batch use. 
-   
-   
- Lua is free software, 
- and is provided as usual with no guarantees, 
- as stated in its license. 
- The implementation described in this manual is available 
- at Lua's official web site, <code>www.lua.org</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Like any other reference manual, 
- this document is dry in places. 
- For a discussion of the decisions behind the design of Lua, 
- see the technical papers available at Lua's web site. 
- For a detailed introduction to programming in Lua, 
- see Roberto's book, <em>Programming in Lua</em>. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>2 – <a name="2">Basic Concepts</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- This section describes the basic concepts of the language. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.1 – <a name="2.1">Values and Types</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua is a <em>dynamically typed language</em>. 
- This means that 
- variables do not have types; only values do. 
- There are no type definitions in the language. 
- All values carry their own type. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- All values in Lua are <em>first-class values</em>. 
- This means that all values can be stored in variables, 
- passed as arguments to other functions, and returned as results. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- There are eight basic types in Lua: 
- <em>nil</em>, <em>boolean</em>, <em>number</em>, 
- <em>string</em>, <em>function</em>, <em>userdata</em>, 
- <em>thread</em>, and <em>table</em>. 
- <em>Nil</em> is the type of the value <b>nil</b>, 
- whose main property is to be different from any other value; 
- it usually represents the absence of a useful value. 
- <em>Boolean</em> is the type of the values <b>false</b> and <b>true</b>. 
- Both <b>nil</b> and <b>false</b> make a condition false; 
- any other value makes it true. 
- <em>Number</em> represents real (double-precision floating-point) numbers. 
- Operations on numbers follow the same rules of 
- the underlying C implementation, 
- which, in turn, usually follows the IEEE 754 standard. 
- (It is easy to build Lua interpreters that use other 
- internal representations for numbers, 
- such as single-precision floats or long integers; 
- see file <code>luaconf.h</code>.) 
- <em>String</em> represents immutable sequences of bytes. 
-   
- Lua is 8-bit clean: 
- strings can contain any 8-bit value, 
- including embedded zeros ('- < code- >\ 0- < /code- > ').
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua can call (and manipulate) functions written in Lua and 
- functions written in C 
- (see <a href="#3.4.9">§3.4.9</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The type <em>userdata</em> is provided to allow arbitrary C data to 
- be stored in Lua variables. 
- A userdata value is a pointer to a block of raw memory. 
- There are two kinds of userdata: 
- full userdata, where the block of memory is managed by Lua, 
- and light userdata, where the block of memory is managed by the host. 
- Userdata has no predefined operations in Lua, 
- except assignment and identity test. 
- By using <em>metatables</em>, 
- the programmer can define operations for full userdata values 
- (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
- Userdata values cannot be created or modified in Lua, 
- only through the C API. 
- This guarantees the integrity of data owned by the host program. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The type <em>thread</em> represents independent threads of execution 
- and it is used to implement coroutines (see <a href="#2.6">§2.6</a>). 
- Do not confuse Lua threads with operating-system threads. 
- Lua supports coroutines on all systems, 
- even those that do not support threads. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The type <em>table</em> implements associative arrays, 
- that is, arrays that can be indexed not only with numbers, 
- but with any Lua value except <b>nil</b> and NaN 
- (<em>Not a Number</em>, a special numeric value used to represent 
- undefined or unrepresentable results, such as <code>0/0</code>). 
- Tables can be <em>heterogeneous</em>; 
- that is, they can contain values of all types (except <b>nil</b>). 
- Any key with value <b>nil</b> is not considered part of the table. 
- Conversely, any key that is not part of a table has 
- an associated value <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Tables are the sole data structuring mechanism in Lua; 
- they can be used to represent ordinary arrays, sequences, 
- symbol tables, sets, records, graphs, trees, etc. 
- To represent records, Lua uses the field name as an index. 
- The language supports this representation by 
- providing <code>a.name</code> as syntactic sugar for <code>a["name"]</code>. 
- There are several convenient ways to create tables in Lua 
- (see <a href="#3.4.8">§3.4.8</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- We use the term <em>sequence</em> to denote a table where 
- the set of all positive numeric keys is equal to <em>{1..n}</em> 
- for some integer <em>n</em>, 
- which is called the length of the sequence (see <a href="#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Like indices, 
- the values of table fields can be of any type. 
- In particular, 
- because functions are first-class values, 
- table fields can contain functions. 
- Thus tables can also carry <em>methods</em> (see <a href="#3.4.10">§3.4.10</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The indexing of tables follows 
- the definition of raw equality in the language. 
- The expressions <code>a[i]</code> and <code>a[j]</code> 
- denote the same table element 
- if and only if <code>i</code> and <code>j</code> are raw equal 
- (that is, equal without metamethods). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Tables, functions, threads, and (full) userdata values are <em>objects</em>: 
- variables do not actually <em>contain</em> these values, 
- only <em>references</em> to them. 
- Assignment, parameter passing, and function returns 
- always manipulate references to such values; 
- these operations do not imply any kind of copy. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The library function <a href="#pdf-type"><code>type</code></a> returns a string describing the type 
- of a given value (see <a href="#6.1">§6.1</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.2 – <a name="2.2">Environments and the Global Environment</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- As will be discussed in <a href="#3.2">§3.2</a> and <a href="#3.3.3">§3.3.3</a>, 
- any reference to a global name <code>var</code> is syntactically translated 
- to <code>_ENV.var</code>. 
- Moreover, every chunk is compiled in the scope of 
- an external local variable called <code>_ENV</code> (see <a href="#3.3.2">§3.3.2</a>), 
- so <code>_ENV</code> itself is never a global name in a chunk. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Despite the existence of this external <code>_ENV</code> variable and 
- the translation of global names, 
- <code>_ENV</code> is a completely regular name. 
- In particular, 
- you can define new variables and parameters with that name. 
- Each reference to a global name uses the <code>_ENV</code> that is 
- visible at that point in the program, 
- following the usual visibility rules of Lua (see <a href="#3.5">§3.5</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any table used as the value of <code>_ENV</code> is called an <em>environment</em>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua keeps a distinguished environment called the <em>global environment</em>. 
- This value is kept at a special index in the C registry (see <a href="#4.5">§4.5</a>). 
- In Lua, the variable <a href="#pdf-_G"><code>_G</code></a> is initialized with this same value. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When Lua compiles a chunk, 
- it initializes the value of its <code>_ENV</code> upvalue 
- with the global environment (see <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>). 
- Therefore, by default, 
- global variables in Lua code refer to entries in the global environment. 
- Moreover, all standard libraries are loaded in the global environment 
- and several functions there operate on that environment. 
- You can use <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a> (or <a href="#pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile</code></a>) 
- to load a chunk with a different environment. 
- (In C, you have to load the chunk and then change the value 
- of its first upvalue.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If you change the global environment in the registry 
- (through C code or the debug library), 
- all chunks loaded after the change will get the new environment. 
- Previously loaded chunks are not affected, however, 
- as each has its own reference to the environment in its <code>_ENV</code> variable. 
- Moreover, the variable <a href="#pdf-_G"><code>_G</code></a> 
- (which is stored in the original global environment) 
- is never updated by Lua. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.3 – <a name="2.3">Error Handling</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Because Lua is an embedded extension language, 
- all Lua actions start from C code in the host program 
- calling a function from the Lua library (see <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>). 
- Whenever an error occurs during 
- the compilation or execution of a Lua chunk, 
- control returns to the host, 
- which can take appropriate measures 
- (such as printing an error message). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua code can explicitly generate an error by calling the 
- <a href="#pdf-error"><code>error</code></a> function. 
- If you need to catch errors in Lua, 
- you can use <a href="#pdf-pcall"><code>pcall</code></a> or <a href="#pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall</code></a> 
- to call a given function in <em>protected mode</em>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever there is an error, 
- an <em>error object</em> (also called an <em>error message</em>) 
- is propagated with information about the error. 
- Lua itself only generates errors where the error object is a string, 
- but programs may generate errors with 
- any value for the error object. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When you use <a href="#pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall</code></a> or <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>, 
- you may give a <em>message handler</em> 
- to be called in case of errors. 
- This function is called with the original error message 
- and returns a new error message. 
- It is called before the error unwinds the stack, 
- so that it can gather more information about the error, 
- for instance by inspecting the stack and creating a stack traceback. 
- This message handler is still protected by the protected call; 
- so, an error inside the message handler 
- will call the message handler again. 
- If this loop goes on, Lua breaks it and returns an appropriate message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.4 – <a name="2.4">Metatables and Metamethods</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Every value in Lua can have a <em>metatable</em>. 
- This <em>metatable</em> is an ordinary Lua table 
- that defines the behavior of the original value 
- under certain special operations. 
- You can change several aspects of the behavior 
- of operations over a value by setting specific fields in its metatable. 
- For instance, when a non-numeric value is the operand of an addition, 
- Lua checks for a function in the field "<code>__add</code>" of the value's metatable. 
- If it finds one, 
- Lua calls this function to perform the addition. 
-   
-   
- The keys in a metatable are derived from the < em- >event< /em- > names; 
- the corresponding values are called < em- >metamethods< /em- >. 
- In the previous example, the event is < code- > "add"- < /code- > 
- and the metamethod is the function that performs the addition. 
-   
-   
- You can query the metatable of any value 
- using the < a href="#pdf-getmetatable"- >< code- >getmetatable< /code- >< /a- > function. 
-   
-   
- You can replace the metatable of tables 
- using the < a href="#pdf-setmetatable"- >< code- >setmetatable< /code- >< /a- > function. 
- You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua 
- (except by using the debug library); 
- you must use the C API for that. 
-   
-   
- Tables and full userdata have individual metatables 
- (although multiple tables and userdata can share their metatables). 
- Values of all other types share one single metatable per type; 
- that is, there is one single metatable for all numbers, 
- one for all strings, etc. 
- By default, a value has no metatable, 
- but the string library sets a metatable  for-  the string  type (- see < a href="#6.4"- >§ 6.4- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- A metatable controls how an object behaves in arithmetic operations, 
- order comparisons, concatenation, length operation, and indexing. 
- A metatable also can define a function to be called 
- when a userdata or a table is garbage collected. 
- When Lua performs one of these operations over a value, 
- it checks whether this value has a metatable with the corresponding event. 
- If so, the value associated with that key (the metamethod) 
- controls how Lua will perform the operation. 
-   
-   
- Metatables control the operations listed next. 
- Each operation is identified by its corresponding name. 
- The key for each operation is a string with its name prefixed by 
- two underscores, '<code>__</code>'; 
- for instance, the key for operation "add" is the 
- string "<code>__add</code>". 
-   
-   
- The semantics of these operations is better explained by a Lua function 
- describing how the interpreter executes the operation. 
- The code shown here in Lua is only illustrative; 
- the real behavior is hard coded in the interpreter 
- and it is much more efficient than this simulation. 
- All functions used in these descriptions 
- (- < a href="#pdf-rawget"- >< code- >rawget< /code- >< /a- >, < a href="#pdf-tonumber"- >< code- >tonumber< /code- >< /a- >, etc. )
 
- are described in < a href="#6.1"- >§ 6.1- < /a- >. 
- In particular, to retrieve the metamethod of a given object, 
- we use the expression 
-   
-      metatable(obj)[event] 
- This should be read as 
-   
-      rawget(getmetatable(obj) or {}, event) 
- This means that the access to a metamethod does not invoke other metamethods, 
- and access to objects with no metatables does not fail 
- (- it simply results in < b- >nil< /b- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- the metamethod is called with a dummy second argument. 
- This extra argument is only to simplify Lua's internals; 
- it may be removed in future versions and therefore it is not present 
- in the following code. 
- (For most uses this extra argument is irrelevant.) 
-   
-   
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>"add": </b> 
- the <code>+</code> operation. 
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The function <code>getbinhandler</code> below defines how Lua chooses a handler 
- for a binary operation. 
- First, Lua tries the first operand. 
- If its type does not define a handler for the operation, 
- then Lua tries the second operand. 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function getbinhandler (op1, op2, event) 
-        return metatable(op1)[event] or metatable(op2)[event] 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- By using this function, 
- the behavior of the <code>op1 + op2</code> is 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function add_event (op1, op2) 
-        local o1, o2 = tonumber(op1), tonumber(op2) 
-        if o1 and o2 then  -- both operands are numeric? 
-          return o1 + o2   -- '+' here is the primitive 'add' 
-        else  -- at least one of the operands is not numeric 
-          local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__add") 
-          if h then 
-            -- call the handler with both operands 
-            return (h(op1, op2)) 
-          else  -- no handler available: default behavior 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"sub": </b> 
- the <code>-</code> operation. 
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"mul": </b> 
- the <code>*</code> operation. 
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"div": </b> 
- the <code>/</code> operation. 
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"mod": </b> 
- the <code>%</code> operation. 
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation, 
- with the operation 
- <code>o1 - floor(o1/o2)*o2</code> as the primitive operation. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"pow": </b> 
- the <code>^</code> (exponentiation) operation. 
-   
- Behavior similar to the "add" operation, 
- with the function <code>pow</code> (from the C math library) 
- as the primitive operation. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"unm": </b> 
- the unary <code>-</code> operation. 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function unm_event (op) 
-        local o = tonumber(op) 
-        if o then  -- operand is numeric? 
-          return -o  -- '-' here is the primitive 'unm' 
-        else  -- the operand is not numeric. 
-          -- Try to get a handler from the operand 
-          local h = metatable(op).__unm 
-          if h then 
-            -- call the handler with the operand 
-            return (h(op)) 
-          else  -- no handler available: default behavior 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"concat": </b> 
- the <code>..</code> (concatenation) operation. 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function concat_event (op1, op2) 
-        if (type(op1) == "string" or type(op1) == "number") and 
-           (type(op2) == "string" or type(op2) == "number") then 
-          return op1 .. op2  -- primitive string concatenation 
-        else 
-          local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__concat") 
-          if h then 
-            return (h(op1, op2)) 
-          else 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"len": </b> 
- the <code>#</code> operation. 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function len_event (op) 
-        if type(op) == "string" then 
-          return strlen(op)      -- primitive string length 
-        else 
-          local h = metatable(op).__len 
-          if h then 
-            return (h(op))       -- call handler with the operand 
-          elseif type(op) == "table" then 
-            return #op              -- primitive table length 
-          else  -- no handler available: error 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- See <a href="#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a> for a description of the length of a table. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"eq": </b> 
- the <code>==</code> operation. 
-   
- The function <code>getequalhandler</code> defines how Lua chooses a metamethod 
- for equality. 
- A metamethod is selected only when both values 
- being compared have the same type 
- and the same metamethod for the selected operation, 
- and the values are either tables or full userdata. 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function getequalhandler (op1, op2) 
-        if type(op1) ~= type(op2) or 
-           (type(op1) ~= "table" and type(op1) ~= "userdata") then 
-          return nil     -- different values 
-        end 
-        local mm1 = metatable(op1).__eq 
-        local mm2 = metatable(op2).__eq 
-        if mm1 == mm2 then return mm1 else return nil end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- The "eq" event is defined as follows: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function eq_event (op1, op2) 
-        if op1 == op2 then   -- primitive equal? 
-          return true   -- values are equal 
-        end 
-        -- try metamethod 
-        local h = getequalhandler(op1, op2) 
-        if h then 
-          return not not h(op1, op2) 
-        else 
-          return false 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that the result is always a boolean. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"lt": </b> 
- the <code><</code> operation. 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function lt_event (op1, op2) 
-        if type(op1) == "number" and type(op2) == "number" then 
-          return op1 < op2   -- numeric comparison 
-        elseif type(op1) == "string" and type(op2) == "string" then 
-          return op1 < op2   -- lexicographic comparison 
-        else 
-          local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__lt") 
-          if h then 
-            return not not h(op1, op2) 
-          else 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that the result is always a boolean. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"le": </b> 
- the <code><=</code> operation. 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function le_event (op1, op2) 
-        if type(op1) == "number" and type(op2) == "number" then 
-          return op1 <= op2   -- numeric comparison 
-        elseif type(op1) == "string" and type(op2) == "string" then 
-          return op1 <= op2   -- lexicographic comparison 
-        else 
-          local h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__le") 
-          if h then 
-            return not not h(op1, op2) 
-          else 
-            h = getbinhandler(op1, op2, "__lt") 
-            if h then 
-              return not h(op2, op1) 
-            else 
-              error(···) 
-            end 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that, in the absence of a "le" metamethod, 
- Lua tries the "lt", assuming that <code>a <= b</code> is 
- equivalent to <code>not (b < a)</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As with the other comparison operators, 
- the result is always a boolean. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"index": </b> 
- The indexing access <code>table[key]</code>. 
- Note that the metamethod is tried only 
- when <code>key</code> is not present in <code>table</code>. 
- (When <code>table</code> is not a table, 
- no key is ever present, 
- so the metamethod is always tried.) 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function gettable_event (table, key) 
-        local h 
-        if type(table) == "table" then 
-          local v = rawget(table, key) 
-          -- if key is present, return raw value 
-          if v ~= nil then return v end 
-          h = metatable(table).__index 
-          if h == nil then return nil end 
-        else 
-          h = metatable(table).__index 
-          if h == nil then 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-        if type(h) == "function" then 
-          return (h(table, key))     -- call the handler 
-        else return h[key]           -- or repeat operation on it 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"newindex": </b> 
- The indexing assignment <code>table[key] = value</code>. 
- Note that the metamethod is tried only 
- when <code>key</code> is not present in <code>table</code>. 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function settable_event (table, key, value) 
-        local h 
-        if type(table) == "table" then 
-          local v = rawget(table, key) 
-          -- if key is present, do raw assignment 
-          if v ~= nil then rawset(table, key, value); return end 
-          h = metatable(table).__newindex 
-          if h == nil then rawset(table, key, value); return end 
-        else 
-          h = metatable(table).__newindex 
-          if h == nil then 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-        if type(h) == "function" then 
-          h(table, key,value)           -- call the handler 
-        else h[key] = value             -- or repeat operation on it 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"call": </b> 
- called when Lua calls a value. 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-      function function_event (func, ...) 
-        if type(func) == "function" then 
-          return func(...)   -- primitive call 
-        else 
-          local h = metatable(func).__call 
-          if h then 
-            return h(func, ...) 
-          else 
-            error(···) 
-          end 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.5 – <a name="2.5">Garbage Collection</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua performs automatic memory management. 
- This means that 
- you have to worry neither about allocating memory for new objects 
- nor about freeing it when the objects are no longer needed. 
- Lua manages memory automatically by running 
- a <em>garbage collector</em> to collect all <em>dead objects</em> 
- (that is, objects that are no longer accessible from Lua). 
- All memory used by Lua is subject to automatic management: 
- strings, tables, userdata, functions, threads, internal structures, etc. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua implements an incremental mark-and-sweep collector. 
- It uses two numbers to control its garbage-collection cycles: 
- the <em>garbage-collector pause</em> and 
- the <em>garbage-collector step multiplier</em>. 
- Both use percentage points as units 
- (e.g., a value of 100 means an internal value of 1). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The garbage-collector pause 
- controls how long the collector waits before starting a new cycle. 
- Larger values make the collector less aggressive. 
- Values smaller than 100 mean the collector will not wait to 
- start a new cycle. 
- A value of 200 means that the collector waits for the total memory in use 
- to double before starting a new cycle. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The garbage-collector step multiplier 
- controls the relative speed of the collector relative to 
- memory allocation. 
- Larger values make the collector more aggressive but also increase 
- the size of each incremental step. 
- Values smaller than 100 make the collector too slow and 
- can result in the collector never finishing a cycle. 
- The default is 200, 
- which means that the collector runs at "twice" 
- the speed of memory allocation. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If you set the step multiplier to a very large number 
- (larger than 10% of the maximum number of 
- bytes that the program may use), 
- the collector behaves like a stop-the-world collector. 
- If you then set the pause to 200, 
- the collector behaves as in old Lua versions, 
- doing a complete collection every time Lua doubles its 
- memory usage. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- You can change these numbers by calling <a href="#lua_gc"><code>lua_gc</code></a> in C 
- or <a href="#pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage</code></a> in Lua. 
- You can also use these functions to control 
- the collector directly (e.g., stop and restart it). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an experimental feature in Lua 5.2, 
- you can change the collector's operation mode 
- from incremental to < em- >generational< /em- >. 
- A < em- >generational collector< /em- > assumes that most objects die young, 
- and therefore it traverses only young (recently created) objects. 
- This behavior can reduce the time used by the collector, 
- but also increases memory usage (as old dead objects may accumulate). 
- To mitigate this second problem, 
- from time to time the generational collector performs a full collection. 
- Remember that this is an experimental feature; 
- you are welcome to try it, 
- but check your gains. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >2.5.1 – < a name="2.5.1"- >Garbage-Collection Metamethods< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
- You can set garbage-collector metamethods for tables 
- and, using the C API, 
- for-  full userdata  (- see < a href="#2.4"- >§ 2.4- < /a- > )- . 
 
- These metamethods are also called < em- >finalizers< /em- >. 
- Finalizers allow you to coordinate Lua's garbage collection 
- with external resource management 
- (such as closing files, network or database connections, 
- or freeing your own memory). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For an object (table or userdata) to be finalized when collected, 
- you must <em>mark</em> it for finalization. 
-   
- You mark an object for finalization when you set its metatable 
- and the metatable has a field indexed by the string "<code>__gc</code>". 
- Note that if you set a metatable without a <code>__gc</code> field 
- and later create that field in the metatable, 
- the object will not be marked for finalization. 
- However, after an object is marked, 
- you can freely change the <code>__gc</code> field of its metatable. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When a marked object becomes garbage, 
- it is not collected immediately by the garbage collector. 
- Instead, Lua puts it in a list. 
- After the collection, 
- Lua does the equivalent of the following function 
- for each object in that list: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function gc_event (obj) 
-        local h = metatable(obj).__gc 
-        if type(h) == "function" then 
-          h(obj) 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- At the end of each garbage-collection cycle, 
- the finalizers for objects are called in 
- the reverse order that they were marked for collection, 
- among those collected in that cycle; 
- that is, the first finalizer to be called is the one associated 
- with the object marked last in the program. 
- The execution of each finalizer may occur at any point during 
- the execution of the regular code. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Because the object being collected must still be used by the finalizer, 
- it (and other objects accessible only through it) 
- must be <em>resurrected</em> by Lua. 
- Usually, this resurrection is transient, 
- and the object memory is freed in the next garbage-collection cycle. 
- However, if the finalizer stores the object in some global place 
- (e.g., a global variable), 
- then there is a permanent resurrection. 
- In any case, 
- the object memory is freed only when it becomes completely inaccessible; 
- its finalizer will never be called twice. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When you close a state (see <a href="#lua_close"><code>lua_close</code></a>), 
- Lua calls the finalizers of all objects marked for finalization, 
- following the reverse order that they were marked. 
- If any finalizer marks new objects for collection during that phase, 
- these new objects will not be finalized. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>2.5.2 – <a name="2.5.2">Weak Tables</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- A <em>weak table</em> is a table whose elements are 
- <em>weak references</em>. 
- A weak reference is ignored by the garbage collector. 
- In other words, 
- if the only references to an object are weak references, 
- then the garbage collector will collect that object. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A weak table can have weak keys, weak values, or both. 
- A table with weak keys allows the collection of its keys, 
- but prevents the collection of its values. 
- A table with both weak keys and weak values allows the collection of 
- both keys and values. 
- In any case, if either the key or the value is collected, 
- the whole pair is removed from the table. 
- The weakness of a table is controlled by the 
- <code>__mode</code> field of its metatable. 
- If the <code>__mode</code> field is a string containing the character '- < code- >k< /code- > ',
 
- the keys in the table are weak. 
- If <code>__mode</code> contains '- < code- >v< /code- > ',
 
- the values in the table are weak. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A table with weak keys and strong values 
- is also called an <em>ephemeron table</em>. 
- In an ephemeron table, 
- a value is considered reachable only if its key is reachable. 
- In particular, 
- if the only reference to a key comes through its value, 
- the pair is removed. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any change in the weakness of a table may take effect only 
- at the next collect cycle. 
- In particular, if you change the weakness to a stronger mode, 
- Lua may still collect some items from that table 
- before the change takes effect. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Only objects that have an explicit construction 
- are removed from weak tables. 
- Values, such as numbers and light C functions, 
- are not subject to garbage collection, 
- and therefore are not removed from weak tables 
- (unless its associated value is collected). 
- Although strings are subject to garbage collection, 
- they do not have an explicit construction, 
- and therefore are not removed from weak tables. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Resurrected objects 
- (that is, objects being finalized 
- and objects accessible only through objects being finalized) 
- have a special behavior in weak tables. 
- They are removed from weak values before running their finalizers, 
- but are removed from weak keys only in the next collection 
- after running their finalizers, when such objects are actually freed. 
- This behavior allows the finalizer to access properties 
- associated with the object through weak tables. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If a weak table is among the resurrected objects in a collection cycle, 
- it may not be properly cleared until the next cycle. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>2.6 – <a name="2.6">Coroutines</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua supports coroutines, 
- also called <em>collaborative multithreading</em>. 
- A coroutine in Lua represents an independent thread of execution. 
- Unlike threads in multithread systems, however, 
- a coroutine only suspends its execution by explicitly calling 
- a yield function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- You create a coroutine by calling <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>. 
- Its sole argument is a function 
- that is the main function of the coroutine. 
- The <code>create</code> function only creates a new coroutine and 
- returns a handle to it (an object of type <em>thread</em>); 
- it does not start the coroutine. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- You execute a coroutine by calling <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>. 
- When you first call <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, 
- passing as its first argument 
- a thread returned by <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>, 
- the coroutine starts its execution, 
- at the first line of its main function. 
- Extra arguments passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> are passed on 
- to the coroutine main function. 
- After the coroutine starts running, 
- it runs until it terminates or <em>yields</em>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A coroutine can terminate its execution in two ways: 
- normally, when its main function returns 
- (explicitly or implicitly, after the last instruction); 
- and abnormally, if there is an unprotected error. 
- In the first case, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns <b>true</b>, 
- plus any values returned by the coroutine main function. 
- In case of errors, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns <b>false</b> 
- plus an error message. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A coroutine yields by calling <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a>. 
- When a coroutine yields, 
- the corresponding <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> returns immediately, 
- even if the yield happens inside nested function calls 
- (that is, not in the main function, 
- but in a function directly or indirectly called by the main function). 
- In the case of a yield, <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a> also returns <b>true</b>, 
- plus any values passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a>. 
- The next time you resume the same coroutine, 
- it continues its execution from the point where it yielded, 
- with the call to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield</code></a> returning any extra 
- arguments passed to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Like <a href="#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create</code></a>, 
- the <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> function also creates a coroutine, 
- but instead of returning the coroutine itself, 
- it returns a function that, when called, resumes the coroutine. 
- Any arguments passed to this function 
- go as extra arguments to <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>. 
- <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> returns all the values returned by <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, 
- except the first one (the boolean error code). 
- Unlike <a href="#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume</code></a>, 
- <a href="#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap</code></a> does not catch errors; 
- any error is propagated to the caller. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an example of how coroutines work, 
- consider the following code: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function foo (a) 
-        print("foo", a) 
-        return coroutine.yield(2*a) 
-      end 
-       
-      co = coroutine.create(function (a,b) 
-            print("co-body", a, b) 
-            local r = foo(a+1) 
-            print("co-body", r) 
-            local r, s = coroutine.yield(a+b, a-b) 
-            print("co-body", r, s) 
-            return b, "end" 
-      end) 
-       
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, 1, 10)) 
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "r")) 
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "x", "y")) 
-      print("main", coroutine.resume(co, "x", "y")) 
- </pre><p> 
- When you run it, it produces the following output: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      co-body 1       10 
-      foo     2 
-      main    true    4 
-      co-body r 
-      main    true    11      -9 
-      co-body x       y 
-      main    true    10      end 
-      main    false   cannot resume dead coroutine 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- You can also create and manipulate coroutines through the C API: 
- see functions <a href="#lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread</code></a>, <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>, 
- and <a href="#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>3 – <a name="3">The Language</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- This section describes the lexis, the syntax, and the semantics of Lua. 
- In other words, 
- this section describes 
- which tokens are valid, 
- how they can be combined, 
- and what their combinations mean. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Language constructs will be explained using the usual extended BNF notation, 
- in which 
- {<em>a</em>} means 0 or more <em>a</em>'s, and 
- [- < em- >a< /em- > ]-  means an optional < em- >a< /em- >. 
 
- Non-terminals are shown like non-terminal, 
- keywords are shown like < b- >kword< /b- >, 
- and other terminal symbols are shown like ‘< b- > =- < /b- >’. 
- The complete syntax of Lua can be found in < a href="#9"- >§ 9- < /a- > 
- at the end of this manual. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 3.1-  – < a name="3.1"- >Lexical Conventions< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Lua is a free-form language. 
- It ignores spaces (including new lines) and comments 
- between lexical elements (tokens), 
- except as delimiters between names and keywords. 
-   
-   
- (- also called < em- >identifiers< /em- > )
 
- in Lua can be any string of letters, 
- digits, and underscores, 
- not beginning with a digit. 
- Identifiers are used to name variables, table fields, and labels. 
-   
-   
- The following < em- >keywords< /em- > are reserved 
- and cannot be used as names: 
-   
-   
-      and       break     do        else      elseif    end 
-      false     for       function  goto      if        in 
-      local     nil       not       or        repeat    return 
-      then      true      until     while 
-   
- Lua is a case-sensitive language: 
- are two different, valid names. 
- As a convention, names starting with an underscore followed by 
- uppercase letters  (- such as < a href="#pdf-_VERSION"- >< code- >_VERSION< /code- >< /a- > )
- are reserved for variables used by Lua. 
-   
-   
- The following strings denote other tokens: 
-   
-      +     -     *     /     %     ^     # 
-      ==    ~=    <=    >=    <     >     = 
-      (     )     {     }     [     ]     :: 
-      ;     :     ,     .     ..    ... 
-   
- can be delimited by matching single or double quotes, 
- and can contain the following C-like escape sequences: 
- '<code>\a</code>' (bell), 
- '<code>\b</code>' (backspace), 
- '<code>\f</code>' (form feed), 
- '<code>\n</code>' (newline), 
- '<code>\r</code>' (carriage return), 
- '<code>\t</code>' (horizontal tab), 
- '<code>\v</code>' (vertical tab), 
- '<code>\\</code>' (backslash), 
- '<code>\"</code>' (quotation mark [double quote]), 
- and  '<code>\'- < /code- > ' (apostrophe [single quote]).
- A backslash followed by a real newline 
- results in a newline in the string. 
- The escape sequence '- < code- >\z< /code- > ' skips the following span
 
- of white-space characters, 
- including line breaks; 
- it is particularly useful to break and indent a long literal string 
- into multiple lines without adding the newlines and spaces 
- into the string contents. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A byte in a literal string can also be specified by its numerical value. 
- This can be done with the escape sequence <code>\x<em>XX</em></code>, 
- where <em>XX</em> is a sequence of exactly two hexadecimal digits, 
- or with the escape sequence <code>\<em>ddd</em></code>, 
- where <em>ddd</em> is a sequence of up to three decimal digits. 
- (Note that if a decimal escape is to be followed by a digit, 
- it must be expressed using exactly three digits.) 
- Strings in Lua can contain any 8-bit value, including embedded zeros, 
- which can be specified as '- < code- >\ 0- < /code- > '.
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Literal strings can also be defined using a long format 
- enclosed by <em>long brackets</em>. 
- We define an <em>opening long bracket of level <em>n</em></em> as an opening 
- square bracket followed by <em>n</em> equal signs followed by another 
- opening square bracket. 
- So, an opening long bracket of level 0 is written as <code>[[</code>, 
- an opening long bracket of level 1 is written as <code>[=[</code>, 
- and so on. 
- A <em>closing long bracket</em> is defined similarly; 
- for instance, a closing long bracket of level 4 is written as <code>]====]</code>. 
- A <em>long literal</em> starts with an opening long bracket of any level and 
- ends at the first closing long bracket of the same level. 
- It can contain any text except a closing bracket of the proper level. 
- Literals in this bracketed form can run for several lines, 
- do not interpret any escape sequences, 
- and ignore long brackets of any other level. 
- Any kind of end-of-line sequence 
- (carriage return, newline, carriage return followed by newline, 
- or newline followed by carriage return) 
- is converted to a simple newline. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any byte in a literal string not 
- explicitly affected by the previous rules represents itself. 
- However, Lua opens files for parsing in text mode, 
- and the system file functions may have problems with 
- some control characters. 
- So, it is safer to represent 
- non-text data as a quoted literal with 
- explicit escape sequences for non-text characters. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For convenience, 
- when the opening long bracket is immediately followed by a newline, 
- the newline is not included in the string. 
- As an example, in a system using ASCII 
- (in which '- < code- >a< /code- > ' is coded as 97,
 
- newline is coded as 10, and '- < code- > 1- < /code- > ' is coded as 49),
 
- the five literal strings below denote the same string: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      a = 'alo\n123"' 
-      a = "alo\n123\"" 
-      a = '\97lo\10\04923"' 
-      a = [[alo 
-      123"]] 
-      a = [==[ 
-      alo 
-      123"]==] 
-   
- A < em- >numerical constant< /em- > can be written with an optional fractional part 
- and an optional decimal exponent, 
- marked by a letter '<code>e</code>' or '<code>E</code>'. 
- Lua also accepts hexadecimal constants, 
- Hexadecimal constants also accept an optional fractional part 
- plus an optional binary exponent, 
- marked by a letter '<code>p</code>' or '<code>P</code>'. 
- Examples of valid numerical constants are 
-   
-      3     3.0     3.1416     314.16e-2     0.31416E1 
-      0xff  0x0.1E  0xA23p-4   0X1.921FB54442D18P+1 
-   
- A < em- >comment< /em- > starts with a double hyphen  (- < code- >--< /code- > )
- anywhere outside a string. 
- If the  text-  immediately after < code- >--< /code- > is not an opening long bracket, 
- the comment is a < em- >short comment< /em- >, 
- which runs until the end of the line. 
- Otherwise, it is a < em- >long comment< /em- >, 
- which runs until the corresponding closing long bracket. 
- Long comments are frequently used to disable code temporarily. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 3.2-  – < a name="3.2"- >Variables< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Variables are places that store values. 
- There are three kinds of variables in Lua: 
- global variables, local variables, and table fields. 
-   
-   
- A single name can denote a global variable or a local variable 
- (or a function's formal parameter, 
- which is a particular kind of local variable): 
-   
- <pre> 
-         var ::= Name 
- </pre><p> 
- Name denotes identifiers, as defined in <a href="#3.1">§3.1</a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any variable name is assumed to be global unless explicitly declared 
- as a local (see <a href="#3.3.7">§3.3.7</a>). 
- Local variables are <em>lexically scoped</em>: 
- local variables can be freely accessed by functions 
- defined inside their scope (see <a href="#3.5">§3.5</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Before the first assignment to a variable, its value is <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Square brackets are used to index a table: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         var ::= prefixexp ‘<b>[</b>’ exp ‘<b>]</b>’ 
- </pre><p> 
- The meaning of accesses to table fields can be changed via metatables. 
- An access to an indexed variable <code>t[i]</code> is equivalent to 
- a call <code>gettable_event(t,i)</code>. 
- (See <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a> for a complete description of the 
- <code>gettable_event</code> function. 
- This function is not defined or callable in Lua. 
- We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The syntax <code>var.Name</code> is just syntactic sugar for 
- <code>var["Name"]</code>: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         var ::= prefixexp ‘<b>.</b>’ Name 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- An access to a global variable <code>x</code> 
- is equivalent to <code>_ENV.x</code>. 
- Due to the way that chunks are compiled, 
- <code>_ENV</code> is never a global name (see <a href="#2.2">§2.2</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.3 – <a name="3.3">Statements</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua supports an almost conventional set of statements, 
- similar to those in Pascal or C. 
- This set includes 
- assignments, control structures, function calls, 
- and variable declarations. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.3.1 – <a name="3.3.1">Blocks</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- A block is a list of statements, 
- which are executed sequentially: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         block ::= {stat} 
- </pre><p> 
- Lua has <em>empty statements</em> 
- that allow you to separate statements with semicolons, 
- start a block with a semicolon 
- or write two semicolons in sequence: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= ‘<b>;</b>’ 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Function calls and assignments 
- can start with an open parenthesis. 
- This possibility leads to an ambiguity in Lua's grammar. 
- Consider the following fragment: 
-   
-      a = b + c 
-      (print or io.write)('done') 
- The grammar could see it in two ways: 
-   
-      a = b + c(print or io.write)('done') 
-       
-      a = b + c; (print or io.write)('done') 
- The current parser always sees such constructions 
- in the first way, 
- interpreting the open parenthesis 
- as the start of the arguments to a call. 
- To avoid this ambiguity, 
- it is a good practice to always precede with a semicolon 
- statements that start with a parenthesis: 
-   
-      ;(print or io.write)('done') 
-   
- A block can be explicitly delimited to produce a single statement: 
-   
-         stat :: =-  < b- >do< /b- > block < b- >end< /b- > 
- Explicit blocks are useful 
- to control the scope of variable declarations. 
- Explicit blocks are also sometimes used to 
- add a < b- >return< /b- > statement in the middle 
- of another block  (- see < a href="#3.3.4"- >§3.3.4< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >3.3.2 – < a name="3.3.2"- >Chunks< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
- The unit of compilation of Lua is called a < em- >chunk< /em- >. 
- Syntactically, 
- a chunk is simply a block: 
-   
-         chunk ::= block 
-   
- Lua handles a chunk as the body of an anonymous function 
- with a variable number of arguments 
- (- see < a href="#3.4.10"- >§3.4.10< /a- > )- . 
 
- As such, chunks can define local variables, 
- receive arguments, and return values. 
- Moreover, such anonymous function is compiled as in the 
- scope-  of an external local variable called < code- >_ENV< /code- >  (- see < a href="#2.2"- >§ 2.2- < /a- > )- . 
 
- The resulting function always has < code- >_ENV< /code- > as its only upvalue, 
- even if it does not use that variable. 
-   
-   
- A chunk can be stored in a file or in a string inside the host program. 
- To execute a chunk, 
- Lua first precompiles the chunk into instructions for a virtual machine, 
- and then it executes the compiled code 
- with an interpreter for the virtual machine. 
-   
-   
- Chunks can also be precompiled into binary form; 
- see program < code- >luac< /code- >  for-  details. 
- Programs in source and compiled forms are interchangeable; 
- Lua automatically detects the file type and acts accordingly. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h3- >3.3.3 – < a name="3.3.3"- >Assignment< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
- Lua allows multiple assignments. 
- Therefore, the syntax for assignment 
- defines a list of variables on the left side 
- and a list of expressions on the right side. 
- The elements in both lists are separated by commas: 
-   
-         stat :: =-  varlist ‘< b- > =- < /b- >’ explist 
-         varlist :: =-  var  {- ‘< b- >,< /b- >’ var }
-         explist :: =-  exp  {- ‘< b- >,< /b- >’ exp }
- Expressions are discussed in < a href="#3.4"- >§ 3.4- < /a- >. 
-   
-   
- Before the assignment, 
- the list of values is < em- >adjusted< /em- > to the length of 
- the list of variables. 
- If there are more values than needed, 
- the excess values are thrown away. 
- If there are fewer values than needed, 
- the list is extended with as many  < b- >nil< /b- > 's as needed.
- If the list of expressions ends with a function call, 
- then all values returned by that call enter the list of values, 
- before the adjustment 
- (except when the call is enclosed in parentheses; see <a href="#3.4">§3.4</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The assignment statement first evaluates all its expressions 
- and only then are the assignments performed. 
- Thus the code 
-   
- <pre> 
-      i = 3 
-      i, a[i] = i+1, 20 
- </pre><p> 
- sets <code>a[3]</code> to 20, without affecting <code>a[4]</code> 
- because the <code>i</code> in <code>a[i]</code> is evaluated (to 3) 
- before it is assigned 4. 
- Similarly, the line 
-   
- <pre> 
-      x, y = y, x 
- </pre><p> 
- exchanges the values of <code>x</code> and <code>y</code>, 
- and 
-   
- <pre> 
-      x, y, z = y, z, x 
- </pre><p> 
- cyclically permutes the values of <code>x</code>, <code>y</code>, and <code>z</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The meaning of assignments to global variables 
- and table fields can be changed via metatables. 
- An assignment to an indexed variable <code>t[i] = val</code> is equivalent to 
- <code>settable_event(t,i,val)</code>. 
- (See <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a> for a complete description of the 
- <code>settable_event</code> function. 
- This function is not defined or callable in Lua. 
- We use it here only for explanatory purposes.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- An assignment to a global variable <code>x = val</code> 
- is equivalent to the assignment 
- <code>_ENV.x = val</code> (see <a href="#2.2">§2.2</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.3.4 – <a name="3.3.4">Control Structures</a></h3><p> 
- The control structures 
- <b>if</b>, <b>while</b>, and <b>repeat</b> have the usual meaning and 
- familiar syntax: 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>while</b> exp <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> 
-         stat ::= <b>repeat</b> block <b>until</b> exp 
-         stat ::= <b>if</b> exp <b>then</b> block {<b>elseif</b> exp <b>then</b> block} [<b>else</b> block] <b>end</b> 
- </pre><p> 
- Lua also has a <b>for</b> statement, in two flavors (see <a href="#3.3.5">§3.3.5</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The condition expression of a 
- control structure can return any value. 
- Both <b>false</b> and <b>nil</b> are considered false. 
- All values different from <b>nil</b> and <b>false</b> are considered true 
- (in particular, the number 0 and the empty string are also true). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In the <b>repeat</b>–<b>until</b> loop, 
- the inner block does not end at the <b>until</b> keyword, 
- but only after the condition. 
- So, the condition can refer to local variables 
- declared inside the loop block. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <b>goto</b> statement transfers the program control to a label. 
- For syntactical reasons, 
- labels in Lua are considered statements too: 
-   
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>goto</b> Name 
-         stat ::= label 
-         label ::= ‘<b>::</b>’ Name ‘<b>::</b>’ 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- A label is visible in the entire block where it is defined, 
- except 
- inside nested blocks where a label with the same name is defined and 
- inside nested functions. 
- A goto may jump to any visible label as long as it does not 
- enter into the scope of a local variable. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Labels and empty statements are called <em>void statements</em>, 
- as they perform no actions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <b>break</b> statement terminates the execution of a 
- <b>while</b>, <b>repeat</b>, or <b>for</b> loop, 
- skipping to the next statement after the loop: 
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>break</b> 
- </pre><p> 
- A <b>break</b> ends the innermost enclosing loop. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <b>return</b> statement is used to return values 
- from a function or a chunk (which is a function in disguise). 
-   
- Functions can return more than one value, 
- so the syntax for the <b>return</b> statement is 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>return</b> [explist] [‘<b>;</b>’] 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The <b>return</b> statement can only be written 
- as the last statement of a block. 
- If it is really necessary to <b>return</b> in the middle of a block, 
- then an explicit inner block can be used, 
- as in the idiom <code>do return end</code>, 
- because now <b>return</b> is the last statement in its (inner) block. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.3.5 – <a name="3.3.5">For Statement</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
-   
- The <b>for</b> statement has two forms: 
- one numeric and one generic. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The numeric <b>for</b> loop repeats a block of code while a 
- control variable runs through an arithmetic progression. 
- It has the following syntax: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>for</b> Name ‘<b>=</b>’ exp ‘<b>,</b>’ exp [‘<b>,</b>’ exp] <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> 
- </pre><p> 
- The <em>block</em> is repeated for <em>name</em> starting at the value of 
- the first <em>exp</em>, until it passes the second <em>exp</em> by steps of the 
- third <em>exp</em>. 
- More precisely, a <b>for</b> statement like 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for v = <em>e1</em>, <em>e2</em>, <em>e3</em> do <em>block</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- is equivalent to the code: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      do 
-        local <em>var</em>, <em>limit</em>, <em>step</em> = tonumber(<em>e1</em>), tonumber(<em>e2</em>), tonumber(<em>e3</em>) 
-        if not (<em>var</em> and <em>limit</em> and <em>step</em>) then error() end 
-        while (<em>step</em> > 0 and <em>var</em> <= <em>limit</em>) or (<em>step</em> <= 0 and <em>var</em> >= <em>limit</em>) do 
-          local v = <em>var</em> 
-          <em>block</em> 
-          <em>var</em> = <em>var</em> + <em>step</em> 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- Note the following: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- All three control expressions are evaluated only once, 
- before the loop starts. 
- They must all result in numbers. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code><em>var</em></code>, <code><em>limit</em></code>, and <code><em>step</em></code> are invisible variables. 
- The names shown here are for explanatory purposes only. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- If the third expression (the step) is absent, 
- then a step of 1 is used. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- You can use <b>break</b> to exit a <b>for</b> loop. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The loop variable <code>v</code> is local to the loop; 
- you cannot use its value after the <b>for</b> ends or is broken. 
- If you need this value, 
- assign it to another variable before breaking or exiting the loop. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
- <p> 
- The generic <b>for</b> statement works over functions, 
- called <em>iterators</em>. 
- On each iteration, the iterator function is called to produce a new value, 
- stopping when this new value is <b>nil</b>. 
- The generic <b>for</b> loop has the following syntax: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>for</b> namelist <b>in</b> explist <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> 
-         namelist ::= Name {‘<b>,</b>’ Name} 
- </pre><p> 
- A <b>for</b> statement like 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for <em>var_1</em>, ···, <em>var_n</em> in <em>explist</em> do <em>block</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- is equivalent to the code: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      do 
-        local <em>f</em>, <em>s</em>, <em>var</em> = <em>explist</em> 
-        while true do 
-          local <em>var_1</em>, ···, <em>var_n</em> = <em>f</em>(<em>s</em>, <em>var</em>) 
-          if <em>var_1</em> == nil then break end 
-          <em>var</em> = <em>var_1</em> 
-          <em>block</em> 
-        end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- Note the following: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code><em>explist</em></code> is evaluated only once. 
- Its results are an <em>iterator</em> function, 
- a <em>state</em>, 
- and an initial value for the first <em>iterator variable</em>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code><em>f</em></code>, <code><em>s</em></code>, and <code><em>var</em></code> are invisible variables. 
- The names are here for explanatory purposes only. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- You can use <b>break</b> to exit a <b>for</b> loop. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The loop variables <code><em>var_i</em></code> are local to the loop; 
- you cannot use their values after the <b>for</b> ends. 
- If you need these values, 
- then assign them to other variables before breaking or exiting the loop. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.3.6 – <a name="3.3.6">Function Calls as Statements</a></h3><p> 
- To allow possible side-effects, 
- function calls can be executed as statements: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= functioncall 
- </pre><p> 
- In this case, all returned values are thrown away. 
- Function calls are explained in <a href="#3.4.9">§3.4.9</a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.3.7 – <a name="3.3.7">Local Declarations</a></h3><p> 
- Local variables can be declared anywhere inside a block. 
- The declaration can include an initial assignment: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>local</b> namelist [‘<b>=</b>’ explist] 
- </pre><p> 
- If present, an initial assignment has the same semantics 
- of a multiple assignment (see <a href="#3.3.3">§3.3.3</a>). 
- Otherwise, all variables are initialized with <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A chunk is also a block (see <a href="#3.3.2">§3.3.2</a>), 
- and so local variables can be declared in a chunk outside any explicit block. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The visibility rules for local variables are explained in <a href="#3.5">§3.5</a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.4 – <a name="3.4">Expressions</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- The basic expressions in Lua are the following: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         exp ::= prefixexp 
-         exp ::= <b>nil</b> | <b>false</b> | <b>true</b> 
-         exp ::= Number 
-         exp ::= String 
-         exp ::= functiondef 
-         exp ::= tableconstructor 
-         exp ::= ‘<b>...</b>’ 
-         exp ::= exp binop exp 
-         exp ::= unop exp 
-         prefixexp ::= var | functioncall | ‘<b>(</b>’ exp ‘<b>)</b>’ 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Numbers and literal strings are explained in <a href="#3.1">§3.1</a>; 
- variables are explained in <a href="#3.2">§3.2</a>; 
- function definitions are explained in <a href="#3.4.10">§3.4.10</a>; 
- function calls are explained in <a href="#3.4.9">§3.4.9</a>; 
- table constructors are explained in <a href="#3.4.8">§3.4.8</a>. 
- Vararg expressions, 
- denoted by three dots ('- < code- >...< /code- > '), can only be used when
 
- directly inside a vararg function; 
- they are explained in <a href="#3.4.10">§3.4.10</a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Binary operators comprise arithmetic operators (see <a href="#3.4.1">§3.4.1</a>), 
- relational operators (see <a href="#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>), logical operators (see <a href="#3.4.4">§3.4.4</a>), 
- and the concatenation operator (see <a href="#3.4.5">§3.4.5</a>). 
- Unary operators comprise the unary minus (see <a href="#3.4.1">§3.4.1</a>), 
- the unary <b>not</b> (see <a href="#3.4.4">§3.4.4</a>), 
- and the unary <em>length operator</em> (see <a href="#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Both function calls and vararg expressions can result in multiple values. 
- If a function call is used as a statement (see <a href="#3.3.6">§3.3.6</a>), 
- then its return list is adjusted to zero elements, 
- thus discarding all returned values. 
- If an expression is used as the last (or the only) element 
- of a list of expressions, 
- then no adjustment is made 
- (unless the expression is enclosed in parentheses). 
- In all other contexts, 
- Lua adjusts the result list to one element, 
- either discarding all values except the first one 
- or adding a single <b>nil</b> if there are no values. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Here are some examples: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      f()                -- adjusted to 0 results 
-      g(f(), x)          -- f() is adjusted to 1 result 
-      g(x, f())          -- g gets x plus all results from f() 
-      a,b,c = f(), x     -- f() is adjusted to 1 result (c gets nil) 
-      a,b = ...          -- a gets the first vararg parameter, b gets 
-                         -- the second (both a and b can get nil if there 
-                         -- is no corresponding vararg parameter) 
-       
-      a,b,c = x, f()     -- f() is adjusted to 2 results 
-      a,b,c = f()        -- f() is adjusted to 3 results 
-      return f()         -- returns all results from f() 
-      return ...         -- returns all received vararg parameters 
-      return x,y,f()     -- returns x, y, and all results from f() 
-      {f()}              -- creates a list with all results from f() 
-      {...}              -- creates a list with all vararg parameters 
-      {f(), nil}         -- f() is adjusted to 1 result 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Any expression enclosed in parentheses always results in only one value. 
- Thus, 
- <code>(f(x,y,z))</code> is always a single value, 
- even if <code>f</code> returns several values. 
- (The value of <code>(f(x,y,z))</code> is the first value returned by <code>f</code> 
- or <b>nil</b> if <code>f</code> does not return any values.) 
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.1 – <a name="3.4.1">Arithmetic Operators</a></h3><p> 
- Lua supports the usual arithmetic operators: 
- the binary <code>+</code> (addition), 
- <code>-</code> (subtraction), <code>*</code> (multiplication), 
- <code>/</code> (division), <code>%</code> (modulo), and <code>^</code> (exponentiation); 
- and unary <code>-</code> (mathematical negation). 
- If the operands are numbers, or strings that can be converted to 
- numbers (see <a href="#3.4.2">§3.4.2</a>), 
- then all operations have the usual meaning. 
- Exponentiation works for any exponent. 
- For instance, <code>x^(-0.5)</code> computes the inverse of the square root of <code>x</code>. 
- Modulo is defined as 
-   
- <pre> 
-      a % b == a - math.floor(a/b)*b 
- </pre><p> 
- That is, it is the remainder of a division that rounds 
- the quotient towards minus infinity. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.2 – <a name="3.4.2">Coercion</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua provides automatic conversion between 
- string and number values at run time. 
- Any arithmetic operation applied to a string tries to convert 
- this string to a number, following the rules of the Lua lexer. 
- (The string may have leading and trailing spaces and a sign.) 
- Conversely, whenever a number is used where a string is expected, 
- the number is converted to a string, in a reasonable format. 
- For complete control over how numbers are converted to strings, 
- use the <code>format</code> function from the string library 
- (see <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.3 – <a name="3.4.3">Relational Operators</a></h3><p> 
- The relational operators in Lua are 
-   
- <pre> 
-      ==    ~=    <     >     <=    >= 
- </pre><p> 
- These operators always result in <b>false</b> or <b>true</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equality (<code>==</code>) first compares the type of its operands. 
- If the types are different, then the result is <b>false</b>. 
- Otherwise, the values of the operands are compared. 
- Numbers and strings are compared in the usual way. 
- Tables, userdata, and threads 
- are compared by reference: 
- two objects are considered equal only if they are the same object. 
- Every time you create a new object 
- (a table, userdata, or thread), 
- this new object is different from any previously existing object. 
- Closures with the same reference are always equal. 
- Closures with any detectable difference 
- (different behavior, different definition) are always different. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- You can change the way that Lua compares tables and userdata 
- by using the "eq" metamethod (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The conversion rules of <a href="#3.4.2">§3.4.2</a> 
- do not apply to equality comparisons. 
- Thus, <code>"0"==0</code> evaluates to <b>false</b>, 
- and <code>t[0]</code> and <code>t["0"]</code> denote different 
- entries in a table. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The operator <code>~=</code> is exactly the negation of equality (<code>==</code>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The order operators work as follows. 
- If both arguments are numbers, then they are compared as such. 
- Otherwise, if both arguments are strings, 
- then their values are compared according to the current locale. 
- Otherwise, Lua tries to call the "lt" or the "le" 
- metamethod (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
- A comparison <code>a > b</code> is translated to <code>b < a</code> 
- and <code>a >= b</code> is translated to <code>b <= a</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.4 – <a name="3.4.4">Logical Operators</a></h3><p> 
- The logical operators in Lua are 
- <b>and</b>, <b>or</b>, and <b>not</b>. 
- Like the control structures (see <a href="#3.3.4">§3.3.4</a>), 
- all logical operators consider both <b>false</b> and <b>nil</b> as false 
- and anything else as true. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The negation operator <b>not</b> always returns <b>false</b> or <b>true</b>. 
- The conjunction operator <b>and</b> returns its first argument 
- if this value is <b>false</b> or <b>nil</b>; 
- otherwise, <b>and</b> returns its second argument. 
- The disjunction operator <b>or</b> returns its first argument 
- if this value is different from <b>nil</b> and <b>false</b>; 
- otherwise, <b>or</b> returns its second argument. 
- Both <b>and</b> and <b>or</b> use short-cut evaluation; 
- that is, 
- the second operand is evaluated only if necessary. 
- Here are some examples: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      10 or 20            --> 10 
-      10 or error()       --> 10 
-      nil or "a"          --> "a" 
-      nil and 10          --> nil 
-      false and error()   --> false 
-      false and nil       --> false 
-      false or nil        --> nil 
-      10 and 20           --> 20 
- </pre><p> 
- (In this manual, 
- <code>--></code> indicates the result of the preceding expression.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.5 – <a name="3.4.5">Concatenation</a></h3><p> 
- The string concatenation operator in Lua is 
- denoted by two dots ('- < code- >..< /code- > ').
 
- If both operands are strings or numbers, then they are converted to 
- strings according to the rules mentioned in <a href="#3.4.2">§3.4.2</a>. 
- Otherwise, the <code>__concat</code> metamethod is called (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.6 – <a name="3.4.6">The Length Operator</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- The length operator is denoted by the unary prefix operator <code>#</code>. 
- The length of a string is its number of bytes 
- (that is, the usual meaning of string length when each 
- character is one byte). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A program can modify the behavior of the length operator for 
- any value but strings through the <code>__len</code> metamethod (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Unless a <code>__len</code> metamethod is given, 
- the length of a table <code>t</code> is only defined if the 
- table is a <em>sequence</em>, 
- that is, 
- the set of its positive numeric keys is equal to <em>{1..n}</em> 
- for some non-negative integer <em>n</em>. 
- In that case, <em>n</em> is its length. 
- Note that a table like 
-   
- <pre> 
-      {10, 20, nil, 40} 
- </pre><p> 
- is not a sequence, because it has the key <code>4</code> 
- but does not have the key <code>3</code>. 
- (So, there is no <em>n</em> such that the set <em>{1..n}</em> is equal 
- to the set of positive numeric keys of that table.) 
- Note, however, that non-numeric keys do not interfere 
- with whether a table is a sequence. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.7 – <a name="3.4.7">Precedence</a></h3><p> 
- Operator precedence in Lua follows the table below, 
- from lower to higher priority: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      or 
-      and 
-      <     >     <=    >=    ~=    == 
-      .. 
-      +     - 
-      *     /     % 
-      not   #     - (unary) 
-      ^ 
- </pre><p> 
- As usual, 
- you can use parentheses to change the precedences of an expression. 
- operators are right associative. 
- All other binary operators are left associative. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.8 – <a name="3.4.8">Table Constructors</a></h3><p> 
- Table constructors are expressions that create tables. 
- Every time a constructor is evaluated, a new table is created. 
- A constructor can be used to create an empty table 
- or to create a table and initialize some of its fields. 
- The general syntax for constructors is 
-   
- <pre> 
-         tableconstructor ::= ‘<b>{</b>’ [fieldlist] ‘<b>}</b>’ 
-         fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep] 
-         field ::= ‘<b>[</b>’ exp ‘<b>]</b>’ ‘<b>=</b>’ exp | Name ‘<b>=</b>’ exp | exp 
-         fieldsep ::= ‘<b>,</b>’ | ‘<b>;</b>’ 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Each field of the form <code>[exp1] = exp2</code> adds to the new table an entry 
- with key <code>exp1</code> and value <code>exp2</code>. 
- A field of the form <code>name = exp</code> is equivalent to 
- <code>["name"] = exp</code>. 
- Finally, fields of the form <code>exp</code> are equivalent to 
- <code>[i] = exp</code>, where <code>i</code> are consecutive numerical integers, 
- starting with 1. 
- Fields in the other formats do not affect this counting. 
- For example, 
-   
- <pre> 
-      a = { [f(1)] = g; "x", "y"; x = 1, f(x), [30] = 23; 45 } 
- </pre><p> 
- is equivalent to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      do 
-        local t = {} 
-        t[f(1)] = g 
-        t[1] = "x"         -- 1st exp 
-        t[2] = "y"         -- 2nd exp 
-        t.x = 1            -- t["x"] = 1 
-        t[3] = f(x)        -- 3rd exp 
-        t[30] = 23 
-        t[4] = 45          -- 4th exp 
-        a = t 
-      end 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the last field in the list has the form <code>exp</code> 
- and the expression is a function call or a vararg expression, 
- then all values returned by this expression enter the list consecutively 
- (see <a href="#3.4.9">§3.4.9</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The field list can have an optional trailing separator, 
- as a convenience for machine-generated code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.9 – <a name="3.4.9">Function Calls</a></h3><p> 
- A function call in Lua has the following syntax: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         functioncall ::= prefixexp args 
- </pre><p> 
- In a function call, 
- first prefixexp and args are evaluated. 
- If the value of prefixexp has type <em>function</em>, 
- then this function is called 
- with the given arguments. 
- Otherwise, the prefixexp "call" metamethod is called, 
- having as first parameter the value of prefixexp, 
- followed by the original call arguments 
- (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The form 
-   
- <pre> 
-         functioncall ::= prefixexp ‘<b>:</b>’ Name args 
- </pre><p> 
- can be used to call "methods". 
- A call <code>v:name(<em>args</em>)</code> 
- is syntactic sugar for <code>v.name(v,<em>args</em>)</code>, 
- except that <code>v</code> is evaluated only once. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Arguments have the following syntax: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         args ::= ‘<b>(</b>’ [explist] ‘<b>)</b>’ 
-         args ::= tableconstructor 
-         args ::= String 
- </pre><p> 
- All argument expressions are evaluated before the call. 
- A call of the form <code>f{<em>fields</em>}</code> is 
- syntactic sugar for <code>f({<em>fields</em>})</code>; 
- that is, the argument list is a single new table. 
- A call of the form <code>f'- < em- >string< /em- > '</code>
 
- (or <code>f"<em>string</em>"</code> or <code>f[[<em>string</em>]]</code>) 
- is syntactic sugar for <code>f('- < em- >string< /em- > ')</code>;
 
- that is, the argument list is a single literal string. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A call of the form <code>return <em>functioncall</em></code> is called 
- a <em>tail call</em>. 
- Lua implements <em>proper tail calls</em> 
- (or <em>proper tail recursion</em>): 
- in a tail call, 
- the called function reuses the stack entry of the calling function. 
- Therefore, there is no limit on the number of nested tail calls that 
- a program can execute. 
- However, a tail call erases any debug information about the 
- calling function. 
- Note that a tail call only happens with a particular syntax, 
- where the <b>return</b> has one single function call as argument; 
- this syntax makes the calling function return exactly 
- the returns of the called function. 
- So, none of the following examples are tail calls: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      return (f(x))        -- results adjusted to 1 
-      return 2 * f(x) 
-      return x, f(x)       -- additional results 
-      f(x); return         -- results discarded 
-      return x or f(x)     -- results adjusted to 1 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>3.4.10 – <a name="3.4.10">Function Definitions</a></h3> 
-   
- <p> 
- The syntax for function definition is 
-   
- <pre> 
-         functiondef ::= <b>function</b> funcbody 
-         funcbody ::= ‘<b>(</b>’ [parlist] ‘<b>)</b>’ block <b>end</b> 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The following syntactic sugar simplifies function definitions: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         stat ::= <b>function</b> funcname funcbody 
-         stat ::= <b>local</b> <b>function</b> Name funcbody 
-         funcname ::= Name {‘<b>.</b>’ Name} [‘<b>:</b>’ Name] 
- </pre><p> 
- The statement 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function f () <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- translates to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      f = function () <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- The statement 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function t.a.b.c.f () <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- translates to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      t.a.b.c.f = function () <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- The statement 
-   
- <pre> 
-      local function f () <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- translates to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      local f; f = function () <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- not to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      local f = function () <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- (This only makes a difference when the body of the function 
- contains references to <code>f</code>.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A function definition is an executable expression, 
- whose value has type <em>function</em>. 
- When Lua precompiles a chunk, 
- all its function bodies are precompiled too. 
- Then, whenever Lua executes the function definition, 
- the function is <em>instantiated</em> (or <em>closed</em>). 
- This function instance (or <em>closure</em>) 
- is the final value of the expression. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Parameters act as local variables that are 
- initialized with the argument values: 
-   
- <pre> 
-         parlist ::= namelist [‘<b>,</b>’ ‘<b>...</b>’] | ‘<b>...</b>’ 
- </pre><p> 
- When a function is called, 
- the list of arguments is adjusted to 
- the length of the list of parameters, 
- unless the function is a <em>vararg function</em>, 
- which is indicated by three dots ('- < code- >...< /code- > ')
 
- at the end of its parameter list. 
- A vararg function does not adjust its argument list; 
- instead, it collects all extra arguments and supplies them 
- to the function through a <em>vararg expression</em>, 
- which is also written as three dots. 
- The value of this expression is a list of all actual extra arguments, 
- similar to a function with multiple results. 
- If a vararg expression is used inside another expression 
- or in the middle of a list of expressions, 
- then its return list is adjusted to one element. 
- If the expression is used as the last element of a list of expressions, 
- then no adjustment is made 
- (unless that last expression is enclosed in parentheses). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an example, consider the following definitions: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function f(a, b) end 
-      function g(a, b, ...) end 
-      function r() return 1,2,3 end 
- </pre><p> 
- Then, we have the following mapping from arguments to parameters and 
- to the vararg expression: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      CALL            PARAMETERS 
-       
-      f(3)             a=3, b=nil 
-      f(3, 4)          a=3, b=4 
-      f(3, 4, 5)       a=3, b=4 
-      f(r(), 10)       a=1, b=10 
-      f(r())           a=1, b=2 
-       
-      g(3)             a=3, b=nil, ... -->  (nothing) 
-      g(3, 4)          a=3, b=4,   ... -->  (nothing) 
-      g(3, 4, 5, 8)    a=3, b=4,   ... -->  5  8 
-      g(5, r())        a=5, b=1,   ... -->  2  3 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Results are returned using the <b>return</b> statement (see <a href="#3.3.4">§3.3.4</a>). 
- If control reaches the end of a function 
- without encountering a <b>return</b> statement, 
- then the function returns with no results. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
-   
- There is a system-dependent limit on the number of values 
- that a function may return. 
- This limit is guaranteed to be larger than 1000. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <em>colon</em> syntax 
- is used for defining <em>methods</em>, 
- that is, functions that have an implicit extra parameter <code>self</code>. 
- Thus, the statement 
-   
- <pre> 
-      function t.a.b.c:f (<em>params</em>) <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- is syntactic sugar for 
-   
- <pre> 
-      t.a.b.c.f = function (self, <em>params</em>) <em>body</em> end 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>3.5 – <a name="3.5">Visibility Rules</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
-   
- Lua is a lexically scoped language. 
- The scope of a local variable begins at the first statement after 
- its declaration and lasts until the last non-void statement 
- of the innermost block that includes the declaration. 
- Consider the following example: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      x = 10                -- global variable 
-      do                    -- new block 
-        local x = x         -- new 'x', with value 10 
-        print(x)            --> 10 
-        x = x+1 
-        do                  -- another block 
-          local x = x+1     -- another 'x' 
-          print(x)          --> 12 
-        end 
-        print(x)            --> 11 
-      end 
-      print(x)              --> 10  (the global one) 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Notice that, in a declaration like <code>local x = x</code>, 
- the new <code>x</code> being declared is not in scope yet, 
- and so the second <code>x</code> refers to the outside variable. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Because of the lexical scoping rules, 
- local variables can be freely accessed by functions 
- defined inside their scope. 
- A local variable used by an inner function is called 
- an <em>upvalue</em>, or <em>external local variable</em>, 
- inside the inner function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Notice that each execution of a <b>local</b> statement 
- defines new local variables. 
- Consider the following example: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      a = {} 
-      local x = 20 
-      for i=1,10 do 
-        local y = 0 
-        a[i] = function () y=y+1; return x+y end 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- The loop creates ten closures 
- (that is, ten instances of the anonymous function). 
- Each of these closures uses a different <code>y</code> variable, 
- while all of them share the same <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>4 – <a name="4">The Application Program Interface</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
-   
- This section describes the C API for Lua, that is, 
- the set of C functions available to the host program to communicate 
- with Lua. 
- All API functions and related types and constants 
- are declared in the header file <a name="pdf-lua.h"><code>lua.h</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Even when we use the term "function", 
- any facility in the API may be provided as a macro instead. 
- Except where stated otherwise, 
- all such macros use each of their arguments exactly once 
- (except for the first argument, which is always a Lua state), 
- and so do not generate any hidden side-effects. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As in most C libraries, 
- the Lua API functions do not check their arguments for validity or consistency. 
- However, you can change this behavior by compiling Lua 
- with the macro <a name="pdf-LUA_USE_APICHECK"><code>LUA_USE_APICHECK</code></a> defined. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.1 – <a name="4.1">The Stack</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua uses a <em>virtual stack</em> to pass values to and from C. 
- Each element in this stack represents a Lua value 
- (<b>nil</b>, number, string, etc.). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever Lua calls C, the called function gets a new stack, 
- which is independent of previous stacks and of stacks of 
- C functions that are still active. 
- This stack initially contains any arguments to the C function 
- and it is where the C function pushes its results 
- to be returned to the caller (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For convenience, 
- most query operations in the API do not follow a strict stack discipline. 
- Instead, they can refer to any element in the stack 
- by using an <em>index</em>: 
- A positive index represents an absolute stack position 
- (starting at 1); 
- a negative index represents an offset relative to the top of the stack. 
- More specifically, if the stack has <em>n</em> elements, 
- then index 1 represents the first element 
- (that is, the element that was pushed onto the stack first) 
- and 
- index <em>n</em> represents the last element; 
- index -1 also represents the last element 
- (that is, the element at the top) 
- and index <em>-n</em> represents the first element. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.2 – <a name="4.2">Stack Size</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- When you interact with the Lua API, 
- you are responsible for ensuring consistency. 
- In particular, 
- <em>you are responsible for controlling stack overflow</em>. 
- You can use the function <a href="#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a> 
- to ensure that the stack has extra slots when pushing new elements. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever Lua calls C, 
- it ensures that the stack has at least <a name="pdf-LUA_MINSTACK"><code>LUA_MINSTACK</code></a> extra slots. 
- <code>LUA_MINSTACK</code> is defined as 20, 
- so that usually you do not have to worry about stack space 
- unless your code has loops pushing elements onto the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When you call a Lua function 
- without a fixed number of results (see <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>), 
- Lua ensures that the stack has enough size for all results, 
- but it does not ensure any extra space. 
- So, before pushing anything in the stack after such a call 
- you should use <a href="#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.3 – <a name="4.3">Valid and Acceptable Indices</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Any function in the API that receives stack indices 
- works only with <em>valid indices</em> or <em>acceptable indices</em>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A <em>valid index</em> is an index that refers to a 
- real position within the stack, that is, 
- its position lies between 1 and the stack top 
- (<code>1 ≤ abs(index) ≤ top</code>). 
-   
- Usually, functions that can modify the value at an index 
- require valid indices. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Unless otherwise noted, 
- any function that accepts valid indices also accepts <em>pseudo-indices</em>, 
- which represent some Lua values that are accessible to C code 
- but which are not in the stack. 
- Pseudo-indices are used to access the registry 
- and the upvalues of a C function (see <a href="#4.4">§4.4</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Functions that do not need a specific stack position, 
- but only a value in the stack (e.g., query functions), 
- can be called with acceptable indices. 
- An <em>acceptable index</em> can be any valid index, 
- including the pseudo-indices, 
- but it also can be any positive index after the stack top 
- within the space allocated for the stack, 
- that is, indices up to the stack size. 
- (Note that 0 is never an acceptable index.) 
- Except when noted otherwise, 
- functions in the API work with acceptable indices. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Acceptable indices serve to avoid extra tests 
- against the stack top when querying the stack. 
- For instance, a C function can query its third argument 
- without the need to first check whether there is a third argument, 
- that is, without the need to check whether 3 is a valid index. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For functions that can be called with acceptable indices, 
- any non-valid index is treated as if it 
- contains a value of a virtual type <a name="pdf-LUA_TNONE"><code>LUA_TNONE</code></a>, 
- which behaves like a nil value. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.4 – <a name="4.4">C Closures</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- When a C function is created, 
- it is possible to associate some values with it, 
- thus creating a <em>C closure</em> 
- (see <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a>); 
- these values are called <em>upvalues</em> and are 
- accessible to the function whenever it is called. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever a C function is called, 
- its upvalues are located at specific pseudo-indices. 
- These pseudo-indices are produced by the macro 
- <a href="#lua_upvalueindex"><code>lua_upvalueindex</code></a>. 
- The first value associated with a function is at position 
- <code>lua_upvalueindex(1)</code>, and so on. 
- Any access to <code>lua_upvalueindex(<em>n</em>)</code>, 
- where <em>n</em> is greater than the number of upvalues of the 
- current function (but not greater than 256), 
- produces an acceptable but invalid index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.5 – <a name="4.5">Registry</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Lua provides a <em>registry</em>, 
- a predefined table that can be used by any C code to 
- store whatever Lua values it needs to store. 
- The registry table is always located at pseudo-index 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_REGISTRYINDEX"><code>LUA_REGISTRYINDEX</code></a>, 
- which is a valid index. 
- Any C library can store data into this table, 
- but it should take care to choose keys 
- that are different from those used 
- by other libraries, to avoid collisions. 
- Typically, you should use as key a string containing your library name, 
- or a light userdata with the address of a C object in your code, 
- or any Lua object created by your code. 
- As with global names, 
- string keys starting with an underscore followed by 
- uppercase letters are reserved for Lua. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The integer keys in the registry are used by the reference mechanism, 
- implemented by the auxiliary library, 
- and by some predefined values. 
- Therefore, integer keys should not be used for other purposes. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When you create a new Lua state, 
- its registry comes with some predefined values. 
- These predefined values are indexed with integer keys 
- defined as constants in <code>lua.h</code>. 
- The following constants are defined: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_RIDX_MAINTHREAD"><code>LUA_RIDX_MAINTHREAD</code></a>: </b> At this index the registry has 
- the main thread of the state. 
- (The main thread is the one created together with the state.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS"><code>LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS</code></a>: </b> At this index the registry has 
- the global environment. 
- </li> 
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.6 – <a name="4.6">Error Handling in C</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Internally, Lua uses the C <code>longjmp</code> facility to handle errors. 
- (You can also choose to use exceptions if you compile Lua as C++; 
- search for <code>LUAI_THROW</code> in the source code.) 
- When Lua faces any error 
- (such as a memory allocation error, type errors, syntax errors, 
- and runtime errors) 
- it <em>raises</em> an error; 
- that is, it does a long jump. 
- A <em>protected environment</em> uses <code>setjmp</code> 
- to set a recovery point; 
- any error jumps to the most recent active recovery point. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If an error happens outside any protected environment, 
- Lua calls a <em>panic function</em> (see <a href="#lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic</code></a>) 
- and then calls <code>abort</code>, 
- thus exiting the host application. 
- Your panic function can avoid this exit by 
- never returning 
- (e.g., doing a long jump to your own recovery point outside Lua). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The panic function runs as if it were a message handler (see <a href="#2.3">§2.3</a>); 
- in particular, the error message is at the top of the stack. 
- However, there is no guarantees about stack space. 
- To push anything on the stack, 
- the panic function should first check the available space (see <a href="#4.2">§4.2</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Most functions in the API can throw an error, 
- for instance due to a memory allocation error. 
- The documentation for each function indicates whether 
- it can throw errors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Inside a C function you can throw an error by calling <a href="#lua_error"><code>lua_error</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.7 – <a name="4.7">Handling Yields in C</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Internally, Lua uses the C <code>longjmp</code> facility to yield a coroutine. 
- Therefore, if a function <code>foo</code> calls an API function 
- and this API function yields 
- (directly or indirectly by calling another function that yields), 
- Lua cannot return to <code>foo</code> any more, 
- because the <code>longjmp</code> removes its frame from the C stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To avoid this kind of problem, 
- Lua raises an error whenever it tries to yield across an API call, 
- except for three functions: 
- <a href="#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk</code></a>, <a href="#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk</code></a>, and <a href="#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk</code></a>. 
- All those functions receive a <em>continuation function</em> 
- (as a parameter called <code>k</code>) to continue execution after a yield. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- We need to set some terminology to explain continuations. 
- We have a C function called from Lua which we will call 
- the <em>original function</em>. 
- This original function then calls one of those three functions in the C API, 
- which we will call the <em>callee function</em>, 
- that then yields the current thread. 
- (This can happen when the callee function is <a href="#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk</code></a>, 
- or when the callee function is either <a href="#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk</code></a> or <a href="#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk</code></a> 
- and the function called by them yields.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Suppose the running thread yields while executing the callee function. 
- After the thread resumes, 
- it eventually will finish running the callee function. 
- However, 
- the callee function cannot return to the original function, 
- because its frame in the C stack was destroyed by the yield. 
- Instead, Lua calls a <em>continuation function</em>, 
- which was given as an argument to the callee function. 
- As the name implies, 
- the continuation function should continue the task 
- of the original function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua treats the continuation function as if it were the original function. 
- The continuation function receives the same Lua stack 
- from the original function, 
- in the same state it would be if the callee function had returned. 
- (For instance, 
- after a <a href="#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk</code></a> the function and its arguments are 
- removed from the stack and replaced by the results from the call.) 
- It also has the same upvalues. 
- Whatever it returns is handled by Lua as if it were the return 
- of the original function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The only difference in the Lua state between the original function 
- and its continuation is the result of a call to <a href="#lua_getctx"><code>lua_getctx</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>4.8 – <a name="4.8">Functions and Types</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- Here we list all functions and types from the C API in 
- alphabetical order. 
- Each function has an indicator like this: 
- <span class="apii">[-o, +p, <em>x</em>]</span> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The first field, <code>o</code>, 
- is how many elements the function pops from the stack. 
- The second field, <code>p</code>, 
- is how many elements the function pushes onto the stack. 
- (Any function always pushes its results after popping its arguments.) 
- A field in the form <code>x|y</code> means the function can push (or pop) 
- <code>x</code> or <code>y</code> elements, 
- depending on the situation; 
- an interrogation mark '- < code- >?< /code- > ' means that
 
- we cannot know how many elements the function pops/pushes 
- by looking only at its arguments 
- (e.g., they may depend on what is on the stack). 
- The third field, <code>x</code>, 
- tells whether the function may throw errors: 
- '- < code- >-< /code- > ' means the function never throws any error;
 
- '- < code- >e< /code- > ' means the function may throw errors;
 
- '- < code- >v< /code- > ' means the function may throw an error on purpose.
 
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_absindex"><code>lua_absindex</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_absindex (lua_State *L, int idx);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Converts the acceptable index <code>idx</code> into an absolute index 
- (that is, one that does not depend on the stack top). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Alloc"><code>lua_Alloc</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef void * (*lua_Alloc) (void *ud, 
-                              void *ptr, 
-                              size_t osize, 
-                              size_t nsize);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The type of the memory-allocation function used by Lua states. 
- The allocator function must provide a 
- functionality similar to <code>realloc</code>, 
- but not exactly the same. 
- Its arguments are 
- <code>ud</code>, an opaque pointer passed to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>; 
- <code>ptr</code>, a pointer to the block being allocated/reallocated/freed; 
- <code>osize</code>, the original size of the block or some code about what 
- is being allocated; 
- <code>nsize</code>, the new size of the block. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When <code>ptr</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, 
- <code>osize</code> is the size of the block pointed by <code>ptr</code>, 
- that is, the size given when it was allocated or reallocated. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When <code>ptr</code> is <code>NULL</code>, 
- <code>osize</code> encodes the kind of object that Lua is allocating. 
- <code>osize</code> is any of 
- <a href="#pdf-LUA_TSTRING"><code>LUA_TSTRING</code></a>, <a href="#pdf-LUA_TTABLE"><code>LUA_TTABLE</code></a>, <a href="#pdf-LUA_TFUNCTION"><code>LUA_TFUNCTION</code></a>, 
- <a href="#pdf-LUA_TUSERDATA"><code>LUA_TUSERDATA</code></a>, or <a href="#pdf-LUA_TTHREAD"><code>LUA_TTHREAD</code></a> when (and only when) 
- Lua is creating a new object of that type. 
- When <code>osize</code> is some other value, 
- Lua is allocating memory for something else. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Lua assumes the following behavior from the allocator function: 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When <code>nsize</code> is zero, 
- the allocator should behave like <code>free</code> 
- and return <code>NULL</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When <code>nsize</code> is not zero, 
- the allocator should behave like <code>realloc</code>. 
- The allocator returns <code>NULL</code> 
- if and only if it cannot fulfill the request. 
- Lua assumes that the allocator never fails when 
- <code>osize >= nsize</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Here is a simple implementation for the allocator function. 
- It is used in the auxiliary library by <a href="#luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a>. 
-   
- <pre> 
-      static void *l_alloc (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize, 
-                                                 size_t nsize) { 
-        (void)ud;  (void)osize;  /* not used */ 
-        if (nsize == 0) { 
-          free(ptr); 
-          return NULL; 
-        } 
-        else 
-          return realloc(ptr, nsize); 
-      } 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that Standard C ensures 
- that <code>free(NULL)</code> has no effect and that 
- <code>realloc(NULL, size)</code> is equivalent to <code>malloc(size)</code>. 
- This code assumes that <code>realloc</code> does not fail when shrinking a block. 
- (Although Standard C does not ensure this behavior, 
- it seems to be a safe assumption.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_arith"><code>lua_arith</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(2|1), +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_arith (lua_State *L, int op);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Performs an arithmetic operation over the two values 
- (or one, in the case of negation) 
- at the top of the stack, 
- with the value at the top being the second operand, 
- pops these values, and pushes the result of the operation. 
- The function follows the semantics of the corresponding Lua operator 
- (that is, it may call metamethods). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value of <code>op</code> must be one of the following constants: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPADD"><code>LUA_OPADD</code></a>: </b> performs addition (<code>+</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPSUB"><code>LUA_OPSUB</code></a>: </b> performs subtraction (<code>-</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPMUL"><code>LUA_OPMUL</code></a>: </b> performs multiplication (<code>*</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPDIV"><code>LUA_OPDIV</code></a>: </b> performs division (<code>/</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPMOD"><code>LUA_OPMOD</code></a>: </b> performs modulo (<code>%</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPPOW"><code>LUA_OPPOW</code></a>: </b> performs exponentiation (<code>^</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPUNM"><code>LUA_OPUNM</code></a>: </b> performs mathematical negation (unary <code>-</code>)</li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>lua_CFunction lua_atpanic (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction panicf);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets a new panic function and returns the old one (see <a href="#4.6">§4.6</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(nargs+1), +nresults, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_call (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Calls a function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To call a function you must use the following protocol: 
- first, the function to be called is pushed onto the stack; 
- then, the arguments to the function are pushed 
- in direct order; 
- that is, the first argument is pushed first. 
- Finally you call <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>; 
- <code>nargs</code> is the number of arguments that you pushed onto the stack. 
- All arguments and the function value are popped from the stack 
- when the function is called. 
- The function results are pushed onto the stack when the function returns. 
- The number of results is adjusted to <code>nresults</code>, 
- unless <code>nresults</code> is <a name="pdf-LUA_MULTRET"><code>LUA_MULTRET</code></a>. 
- In this case, all results from the function are pushed. 
- Lua takes care that the returned values fit into the stack space. 
- The function results are pushed onto the stack in direct order 
- (the first result is pushed first), 
- so that after the call the last result is on the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any error inside the called function is propagated upwards 
- (with a <code>longjmp</code>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The following example shows how the host program can do the 
- equivalent to this Lua code: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      a = f("how", t.x, 14) 
- </pre><p> 
- Here it is in C: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      lua_getglobal(L, "f");                  /* function to be called */ 
-      lua_pushstring(L, "how");                        /* 1st argument */ 
-      lua_getglobal(L, "t");                    /* table to be indexed */ 
-      lua_getfield(L, -1, "x");        /* push result of t.x (2nd arg) */ 
-      lua_remove(L, -2);                  /* remove 't' from the stack */ 
-      lua_pushinteger(L, 14);                          /* 3rd argument */ 
-      lua_call(L, 3, 1);     /* call 'f' with 3 arguments and 1 result */ 
-      lua_setglobal(L, "a");                         /* set global 'a' */ 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that the code above is "balanced": 
- at its end, the stack is back to its original configuration. 
- This is considered good programming practice. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_callk"><code>lua_callk</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(nargs + 1), +nresults, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_callk (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int ctx, 
-                 lua_CFunction k);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function behaves exactly like <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>, 
- but allows the called function to yield (see <a href="#4.7">§4.7</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef int (*lua_CFunction) (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Type for C functions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In order to communicate properly with Lua, 
- a C function must use the following protocol, 
- which defines the way parameters and results are passed: 
- a C function receives its arguments from Lua in its stack 
- in direct order (the first argument is pushed first). 
- So, when the function starts, 
- <code>lua_gettop(L)</code> returns the number of arguments received by the function. 
- The first argument (if any) is at index 1 
- and its last argument is at index <code>lua_gettop(L)</code>. 
- To return values to Lua, a C function just pushes them onto the stack, 
- in direct order (the first result is pushed first), 
- and returns the number of results. 
- Any other value in the stack below the results will be properly 
- discarded by Lua. 
- Like a Lua function, a C function called by Lua can also return 
- many results. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an example, the following function receives a variable number 
- of numerical arguments and returns their average and sum: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      static int foo (lua_State *L) { 
-        int n = lua_gettop(L);    /* number of arguments */ 
-        lua_Number sum = 0; 
-        int i; 
-        for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) { 
-          if (!lua_isnumber(L, i)) { 
-            lua_pushstring(L, "incorrect argument"); 
-            lua_error(L); 
-          } 
-          sum += lua_tonumber(L, i); 
-        } 
-        lua_pushnumber(L, sum/n);        /* first result */ 
-        lua_pushnumber(L, sum);         /* second result */ 
-        return 2;                   /* number of results */ 
-      } 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_checkstack (lua_State *L, int extra);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Ensures that there are at least <code>extra</code> free stack slots in the stack. 
- It returns false if it cannot fulfill the request, 
- because it would cause the stack to be larger than a fixed maximum size 
- (typically at least a few thousand elements) or 
- because it cannot allocate memory for the new stack size. 
- This function never shrinks the stack; 
- if the stack is already larger than the new size, 
- it is left unchanged. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_close"><code>lua_close</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_close (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Destroys all objects in the given Lua state 
- (calling the corresponding garbage-collection metamethods, if any) 
- and frees all dynamic memory used by this state. 
- On several platforms, you may not need to call this function, 
- because all resources are naturally released when the host program ends. 
- On the other hand, long-running programs that create multiple states, 
- such as daemons or web servers, 
- might need to close states as soon as they are not needed. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_compare"><code>lua_compare</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_compare (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2, int op);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Compares two Lua values. 
- Returns 1 if the value at index <code>index1</code> satisfies <code>op</code> 
- when compared with the value at index <code>index2</code>, 
- following the semantics of the corresponding Lua operator 
- (that is, it may call metamethods). 
- Otherwise returns 0. 
- Also returns 0 if any of the indices is non valid. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value of <code>op</code> must be one of the following constants: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPEQ"><code>LUA_OPEQ</code></a>: </b> compares for equality (<code>==</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPLT"><code>LUA_OPLT</code></a>: </b> compares for less than (<code><</code>)</li> 
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OPLE"><code>LUA_OPLE</code></a>: </b> compares for less or equal (<code><=</code>)</li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_concat"><code>lua_concat</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-n, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_concat (lua_State *L, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Concatenates the <code>n</code> values at the top of the stack, 
- pops them, and leaves the result at the top. 
- If <code>n</code> is 1, the result is the single value on the stack 
- (that is, the function does nothing); 
- if <code>n</code> is 0, the result is the empty string. 
- Concatenation is performed following the usual semantics of Lua 
- (see <a href="#3.4.5">§3.4.5</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_copy"><code>lua_copy</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_copy (lua_State *L, int fromidx, int toidx);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Moves the element at index <code>fromidx</code> 
- into the valid index <code>toidx</code> 
- without shifting any element 
- (therefore replacing the value at that position). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_createtable"><code>lua_createtable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_createtable (lua_State *L, int narr, int nrec);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack. 
- Parameter <code>narr</code> is a hint for how many elements the table 
- will have as a sequence; 
- parameter <code>nrec</code> is a hint for how many other elements 
- the table will have. 
- Lua may use these hints to preallocate memory for the new table. 
- This pre-allocation is useful for performance when you know in advance 
- how many elements the table will have. 
- Otherwise you can use the function <a href="#lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_dump (lua_State *L, lua_Writer writer, void *data);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Dumps a function as a binary chunk. 
- Receives a Lua function on the top of the stack 
- and produces a binary chunk that, 
- if loaded again, 
- results in a function equivalent to the one dumped. 
- As it produces parts of the chunk, 
- <a href="#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump</code></a> calls function <code>writer</code> (see <a href="#lua_Writer"><code>lua_Writer</code></a>) 
- with the given <code>data</code> 
- to write them. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value returned is the error code returned by the last 
- call to the writer; 
- 0 means no errors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function does not pop the Lua function from the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_error"><code>lua_error</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_error (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Generates a Lua error. 
- The error message (which can actually be a Lua value of any type) 
- must be on the stack top. 
- This function does a long jump, 
- and therefore never returns 
- (see <a href="#luaL_error"><code>luaL_error</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_gc"><code>lua_gc</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_gc (lua_State *L, int what, int data);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Controls the garbage collector. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function performs several tasks, 
- according to the value of the parameter <code>what</code>: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTOP</code>: </b> 
- stops the garbage collector. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCRESTART</code>: </b> 
- restarts the garbage collector. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOLLECT</code>: </b> 
- performs a full garbage-collection cycle. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNT</code>: </b> 
- returns the current amount of memory (in Kbytes) in use by Lua. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNTB</code>: </b> 
- returns the remainder of dividing the current amount of bytes of 
- memory in use by Lua by 1024. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTEP</code>: </b> 
- performs an incremental step of garbage collection. 
- The step "size" is controlled by <code>data</code> 
- (larger values mean more steps) in a non-specified way. 
- If you want to control the step size 
- you must experimentally tune the value of <code>data</code>. 
- The function returns 1 if the step finished a 
- garbage-collection cycle. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETPAUSE</code>: </b> 
- sets <code>data</code> as the new value 
- for the <em>pause</em> of the collector (see <a href="#2.5">§2.5</a>). 
- The function returns the previous value of the pause. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL</code>: </b> 
- sets <code>data</code> as the new value for the <em>step multiplier</em> of 
- the collector (see <a href="#2.5">§2.5</a>). 
- The function returns the previous value of the step multiplier. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCISRUNNING</code>: </b> 
- returns a boolean that tells whether the collector is running 
- (i.e., not stopped). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCGEN</code>: </b> 
- changes the collector to generational mode 
- (see <a href="#2.5">§2.5</a>). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>LUA_GCINC</code>: </b> 
- changes the collector to incremental mode. 
- This is the default mode. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
- <p> 
- For more details about these options, 
- see <a href="#pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getallocf"><code>lua_getallocf</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>lua_Alloc lua_getallocf (lua_State *L, void **ud);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the memory-allocation function of a given state. 
- If <code>ud</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, Lua stores in <code>*ud</code> the 
- opaque pointer passed to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getctx"><code>lua_getctx</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_getctx (lua_State *L, int *ctx);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function is called by a continuation function (see <a href="#4.7">§4.7</a>) 
- to retrieve the status of the thread and a context information. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called in the original function, 
- <a href="#lua_getctx"><code>lua_getctx</code></a> always returns <a href="#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK</code></a> 
- and does not change the value of its argument <code>ctx</code>. 
- When called inside a continuation function, 
- <a href="#lua_getctx"><code>lua_getctx</code></a> returns <a href="#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> and sets 
- the value of <code>ctx</code> to be the context information 
- (the value passed as the <code>ctx</code> argument 
- to the callee together with the continuation function). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When the callee is <a href="#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk</code></a>, 
- Lua may also call its continuation function 
- to handle errors during the call. 
- That is, upon an error in the function called by <a href="#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk</code></a>, 
- Lua may not return to the original function 
- but instead may call the continuation function. 
- In that case, a call to <a href="#lua_getctx"><code>lua_getctx</code></a> will return the error code 
- (the value that would be returned by <a href="#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk</code></a>); 
- the value of <code>ctx</code> will be set to the context information, 
- as in the case of a yield. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getfield"><code>lua_getfield</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_getfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[k]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given index. 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "index" event (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getglobal"><code>lua_getglobal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_getglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value of the global <code>name</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getmetatable"><code>lua_getmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_getmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the metatable of the value at the given index. 
- If the value does not have a metatable, 
- the function returns 0 and pushes nothing on the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_gettable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[k]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given index 
- and <code>k</code> is the value at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops the key from the stack 
- (putting the resulting value in its place). 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "index" event (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_gettop"><code>lua_gettop</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_gettop (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the index of the top element in the stack. 
- Because indices start at 1, 
- this result is equal to the number of elements in the stack 
- (and so 0 means an empty stack). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getuservalue"><code>lua_getuservalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_getuservalue (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the Lua value associated with the userdata 
- at the given index. 
- This Lua value must be a table or <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_insert"><code>lua_insert</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_insert (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Moves the top element into the given valid index, 
- shifting up the elements above this index to open space. 
- This function cannot be called with a pseudo-index, 
- because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef ptrdiff_t lua_Integer;</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The type used by the Lua API to represent signed integral values. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- By default it is a <code>ptrdiff_t</code>, 
- which is usually the largest signed integral type the machine handles 
- "comfortably". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isboolean (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a boolean, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_iscfunction"><code>lua_iscfunction</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_iscfunction (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a C function, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isfunction"><code>lua_isfunction</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isfunction (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a function 
- (either C or Lua), and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_islightuserdata"><code>lua_islightuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_islightuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a light userdata, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnil"><code>lua_isnil</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnil (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is <b>nil</b>, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnone"><code>lua_isnone</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnone (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the given index is not valid, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnoneornil"><code>lua_isnoneornil</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnoneornil (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the given index is not valid 
- or if the value at this index is <b>nil</b>, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isnumber"><code>lua_isnumber</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isnumber (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a number 
- or a string convertible to a number, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isstring"><code>lua_isstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isstring (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a string 
- or a number (which is always convertible to a string), 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_istable"><code>lua_istable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_istable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a table, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isthread"><code>lua_isthread</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isthread (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a thread, 
- and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_isuserdata"><code>lua_isuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_isuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the value at the given index is a userdata 
- (either full or light), and 0 otherwise. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_len"><code>lua_len</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_len (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the "length" of the value at the given index; 
- it is equivalent to the '- < code- >#< /code- > ' operator in Lua (see <a href="#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a>).
 
- The result is pushed on the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_load (lua_State *L, 
-               lua_Reader reader, 
-               void *data, 
-               const char *source, 
-               const char *mode);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a Lua chunk (without running it). 
- If there are no errors, 
- <code>lua_load</code> pushes the compiled chunk as a Lua 
- function on top of the stack. 
- Otherwise, it pushes an error message. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The return values of <code>lua_load</code> are: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><a href="#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK</code></a>: </b> no errors;</li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRSYNTAX"><code>LUA_ERRSYNTAX</code></a>: </b> 
- syntax error during precompilation;</li> 
-   
- <li><b><a href="#pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM</code></a>: </b> 
- memory allocation error;</li> 
-   
- <li><b><a href="#pdf-LUA_ERRGCMM"><code>LUA_ERRGCMM</code></a>: </b> 
- error while running a <code>__gc</code> metamethod. 
- (This error has no relation with the chunk being loaded. 
- It is generated by the garbage collector.) 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
- <p> 
- The <code>lua_load</code> function uses a user-supplied <code>reader</code> function 
- to read the chunk (see <a href="#lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader</code></a>). 
- The <code>data</code> argument is an opaque value passed to the reader function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <code>source</code> argument gives a name to the chunk, 
- which is used for error messages and in debug information (see <a href="#4.9">§4.9</a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <code>lua_load</code> automatically detects whether the chunk is text or binary 
- and loads it accordingly (see program <code>luac</code>). 
- The string <code>mode</code> works as in function <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>, 
- with the addition that 
- a <code>NULL</code> value is equivalent to the string "<code>bt</code>". 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <code>lua_load</code> uses the stack internally, 
- so the reader function should always leave the stack 
- unmodified when returning. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the resulting function has one upvalue, 
- this upvalue is set to the value of the global environment 
- stored at index <code>LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS</code> in the registry (see <a href="#4.5">§4.5</a>). 
- When loading main chunks, 
- this upvalue will be the <code>_ENV</code> variable (see <a href="#2.2">§2.2</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>lua_State *lua_newstate (lua_Alloc f, void *ud);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new thread running in a new, independent state. 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> if cannot create the thread or the state 
- (due to lack of memory). 
- The argument <code>f</code> is the allocator function; 
- Lua does all memory allocation for this state through this function. 
- The second argument, <code>ud</code>, is an opaque pointer that Lua 
- passes to the allocator in every call. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_newtable (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack. 
- It is equivalent to <code>lua_createtable(L, 0, 0)</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_State *lua_newthread (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new thread, pushes it on the stack, 
- and returns a pointer to a <a href="#lua_State"><code>lua_State</code></a> that represents this new thread. 
- The new thread returned by this function shares with the original thread 
- its global environment, 
- but has an independent execution stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- There is no explicit function to close or to destroy a thread. 
- Threads are subject to garbage collection, 
- like any Lua object. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_newuserdata"><code>lua_newuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void *lua_newuserdata (lua_State *L, size_t size);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function allocates a new block of memory with the given size, 
- pushes onto the stack a new full userdata with the block address, 
- and returns this address. 
- The host program can freely use this memory. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +(2|0), <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_next (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a key from the stack, 
- and pushes a key–value pair from the table at the given index 
- (the "next" pair after the given key). 
- If there are no more elements in the table, 
- then <a href="#lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a> returns 0 (and pushes nothing). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A typical traversal looks like this: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      /* table is in the stack at index 't' */ 
-      lua_pushnil(L);  /* first key */ 
-      while (lua_next(L, t) != 0) { 
-        /* uses 'key' (at index -2) and 'value' (at index -1) */ 
-        printf("%s - %s\n", 
-               lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -2)), 
-               lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -1))); 
-        /* removes 'value'; keeps 'key' for next iteration */ 
-        lua_pop(L, 1); 
-      } 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- While traversing a table, 
- do not call <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> directly on a key, 
- unless you know that the key is actually a string. 
- Recall that <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> may change 
- the value at the given index; 
- this confuses the next call to <a href="#lua_next"><code>lua_next</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- See function <a href="#pdf-next"><code>next</code></a> for the caveats of modifying 
- the table during its traversal. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef double lua_Number;</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The type of numbers in Lua. 
- By default, it is double, but that can be changed in <code>luaconf.h</code>. 
- Through this configuration file you can change 
- Lua to operate with another type for numbers (e.g., float or long). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(nargs + 1), +(nresults|1), –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_pcall (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int msgh);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Calls a function in protected mode. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Both <code>nargs</code> and <code>nresults</code> have the same meaning as 
- in <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>. 
- If there are no errors during the call, 
- <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> behaves exactly like <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>. 
- However, if there is any error, 
- <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> catches it, 
- pushes a single value on the stack (the error message), 
- and returns an error code. 
- Like <a href="#lua_call"><code>lua_call</code></a>, 
- <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> always removes the function 
- and its arguments from the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>msgh</code> is 0, 
- then the error message returned on the stack 
- is exactly the original error message. 
- Otherwise, <code>msgh</code> is the stack index of a 
- <em>message handler</em>. 
- (In the current implementation, this index cannot be a pseudo-index.) 
- In case of runtime errors, 
- this function will be called with the error message 
- and its return value will be the message 
- returned on the stack by <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Typically, the message handler is used to add more debug 
- information to the error message, such as a stack traceback. 
- Such information cannot be gathered after the return of <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>, 
- since by then the stack has unwound. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a> function returns one of the following codes 
- (defined in <code>lua.h</code>): 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK</code></a> (0): </b> 
- success.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRRUN"><code>LUA_ERRRUN</code></a>: </b> 
- a runtime error. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM</code></a>: </b> 
- memory allocation error. 
- For such errors, Lua does not call the message handler. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRERR"><code>LUA_ERRERR</code></a>: </b> 
- error while running the message handler. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><a name="pdf-LUA_ERRGCMM"><code>LUA_ERRGCMM</code></a>: </b> 
- error while running a <code>__gc</code> metamethod. 
- (This error typically has no relation with the function being called. 
- It is generated by the garbage collector.) 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(nargs + 1), +(nresults|1), –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_pcallk (lua_State *L, 
-                 int nargs, 
-                 int nresults, 
-                 int errfunc, 
-                 int ctx, 
-                 lua_CFunction k);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function behaves exactly like <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>, 
- but allows the called function to yield (see <a href="#4.7">§4.7</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pop"><code>lua_pop</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-n, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pop (lua_State *L, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops <code>n</code> elements from the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushboolean"><code>lua_pushboolean</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushboolean (lua_State *L, int b);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a boolean value with value <code>b</code> onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-n, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushcclosure (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a new C closure onto the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When a C function is created, 
- it is possible to associate some values with it, 
- thus creating a C closure (see <a href="#4.4">§4.4</a>); 
- these values are then accessible to the function whenever it is called. 
- To associate values with a C function, 
- first these values should be pushed onto the stack 
- (when there are multiple values, the first value is pushed first). 
- Then <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a> 
- is called to create and push the C function onto the stack, 
- with the argument <code>n</code> telling how many values should be 
- associated with the function. 
- <a href="#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure</code></a> also pops these values from the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The maximum value for <code>n</code> is 255. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When <code>n</code> is zero, 
- this function creates a <em>light C function</em>, 
- which is just a pointer to the C function. 
- In that case, it never throws a memory error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushcfunction"><code>lua_pushcfunction</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushcfunction (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction f);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a C function onto the stack. 
- This function receives a pointer to a C function 
- and pushes onto the stack a Lua value of type <code>function</code> that, 
- when called, invokes the corresponding C function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Any function to be registered in Lua must 
- follow the correct protocol to receive its parameters 
- and return its results (see <a href="#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <code>lua_pushcfunction</code> is defined as a macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #define lua_pushcfunction(L,f)  lua_pushcclosure(L,f,0) 
- </pre><p> 
- Note that <code>f</code> is used twice. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_pushfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack a formatted string 
- and returns a pointer to this string. 
- It is similar to the ISO C function <code>sprintf</code>, 
- but has some important differences: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- You do not have to allocate space for the result: 
- the result is a Lua string and Lua takes care of memory allocation 
- (and deallocation, through garbage collection). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The conversion specifiers are quite restricted. 
- There are no flags, widths, or precisions. 
- The conversion specifiers can only be 
- '- < code- >%s< /code- > ' (inserts a zero-terminated string, with no size restrictions),
 
- '- < code- >%f< /code- > ' (inserts a <a href="#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number</code></a>),
 
- '- < code- >%p< /code- > ' (inserts a pointer as a hexadecimal numeral),
 
- '- < code- >%d< /code- > ' (inserts an <code>int</code>), and
 
- '- < code- >%c< /code- > ' (inserts an <code>int</code> as a byte).
 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushglobaltable"><code>lua_pushglobaltable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushglobaltable (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes the global environment onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushinteger"><code>lua_pushinteger</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushinteger (lua_State *L, lua_Integer n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a number with value <code>n</code> onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushlightuserdata"><code>lua_pushlightuserdata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushlightuserdata (lua_State *L, void *p);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a light userdata onto the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Userdata represent C values in Lua. 
- A <em>light userdata</em> represents a pointer, a <code>void*</code>. 
- It is a value (like a number): 
- you do not create it, it has no individual metatable, 
- and it is not collected (as it was never created). 
- A light userdata is equal to "any" 
- light userdata with the same C address. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushliteral"><code>lua_pushliteral</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_pushliteral (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This macro is equivalent to <a href="#lua_pushlstring"><code>lua_pushlstring</code></a>, 
- but can be used only when <code>s</code> is a literal string. 
- It automatically provides the string length. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushlstring"><code>lua_pushlstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_pushlstring (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t len);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes the string pointed to by <code>s</code> with size <code>len</code> 
- onto the stack. 
- Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string, 
- so the memory at <code>s</code> can be freed or reused immediately after 
- the function returns. 
- The string can contain any binary data, 
- including embedded zeros. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a pointer to the internal copy of the string. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushnil"><code>lua_pushnil</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushnil (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a nil value onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushnumber"><code>lua_pushnumber</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushnumber (lua_State *L, lua_Number n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a number with value <code>n</code> onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushstring"><code>lua_pushstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_pushstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes the zero-terminated string pointed to by <code>s</code> 
- onto the stack. 
- Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string, 
- so the memory at <code>s</code> can be freed or reused immediately after 
- the function returns. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a pointer to the internal copy of the string. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>s</code> is <code>NULL</code>, pushes <b>nil</b> and returns <code>NULL</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushthread"><code>lua_pushthread</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_pushthread (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes the thread represented by <code>L</code> onto the stack. 
- Returns 1 if this thread is the main thread of its state. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushunsigned"><code>lua_pushunsigned</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushunsigned (lua_State *L, lua_Unsigned n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a number with value <code>n</code> onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushvalue"><code>lua_pushvalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_pushvalue (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes a copy of the element at the given index 
- onto the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_pushvfstring"><code>lua_pushvfstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_pushvfstring (lua_State *L, 
-                               const char *fmt, 
-                               va_list argp);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <a href="#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a>, except that it receives a <code>va_list</code> 
- instead of a variable number of arguments. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawequal"><code>lua_rawequal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_rawequal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns 1 if the two values in indices <code>index1</code> and 
- <code>index2</code> are primitively equal 
- (that is, without calling metamethods). 
- Otherwise returns 0. 
- Also returns 0 if any of the indices are non valid. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawget"><code>lua_rawget</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawget (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable</code></a>, but does a raw access 
- (i.e., without metamethods). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawgeti"><code>lua_rawgeti</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawgeti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[n]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the table at the given index. 
- The access is raw; 
- that is, it does not invoke metamethods. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawgetp"><code>lua_rawgetp</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawgetp (lua_State *L, int index, const void *p);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the value <code>t[k]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the table at the given index and 
- <code>k</code> is the pointer <code>p</code> represented as a light userdata. 
- The access is raw; 
- that is, it does not invoke metamethods. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawlen"><code>lua_rawlen</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>size_t lua_rawlen (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the raw "length" of the value at the given index: 
- for strings, this is the string length; 
- for tables, this is the result of the length operator ('- < code- >#< /code- > ')
 
- with no metamethods; 
- for userdata, this is the size of the block of memory allocated 
- for the userdata; 
- for other values, it is 0. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawset"><code>lua_rawset</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-2, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawset (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#lua_settable"><code>lua_settable</code></a>, but does a raw assignment 
- (i.e., without metamethods). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawseti"><code>lua_rawseti</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawseti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Does the equivalent of <code>t[n] = v</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the table at the given index 
- and <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops the value from the stack. 
- The assignment is raw; 
- that is, it does not invoke metamethods. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_rawsetp"><code>lua_rawsetp</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_rawsetp (lua_State *L, int index, const void *p);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Does the equivalent of <code>t[k] = v</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the table at the given index, 
- <code>k</code> is the pointer <code>p</code> represented as a light userdata, 
- and <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops the value from the stack. 
- The assignment is raw; 
- that is, it does not invoke metamethods. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef const char * (*lua_Reader) (lua_State *L, 
-                                     void *data, 
-                                     size_t *size);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- The reader function used by <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
- Every time it needs another piece of the chunk, 
- <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> calls the reader, 
- passing along its <code>data</code> parameter. 
- The reader must return a pointer to a block of memory 
- with a new piece of the chunk 
- and set <code>size</code> to the block size. 
- The block must exist until the reader function is called again. 
- To signal the end of the chunk, 
- the reader must return <code>NULL</code> or set <code>size</code> to zero. 
- The reader function may return pieces of any size greater than zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_register"><code>lua_register</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_register (lua_State *L, const char *name, lua_CFunction f);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the C function <code>f</code> as the new value of global <code>name</code>. 
- It is defined as a macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #define lua_register(L,n,f) \ 
-             (lua_pushcfunction(L, f), lua_setglobal(L, n)) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_remove"><code>lua_remove</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_remove (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Removes the element at the given valid index, 
- shifting down the elements above this index to fill the gap. 
- This function cannot be called with a pseudo-index, 
- because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_replace"><code>lua_replace</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_replace (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Moves the top element into the given valid index 
- without shifting any element 
- (therefore replacing the value at the given index), 
- and then pops the top element. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-?, +?, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_resume (lua_State *L, lua_State *from, int nargs);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Starts and resumes a coroutine in a given thread. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To start a coroutine, 
- you push onto the thread stack the main function plus any arguments; 
- then you call <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>, 
- with <code>nargs</code> being the number of arguments. 
- This call returns when the coroutine suspends or finishes its execution. 
- When it returns, the stack contains all values passed to <a href="#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a>, 
- or all values returned by the body function. 
- <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a> returns 
- <a href="#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> if the coroutine yields, 
- <a href="#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK</code></a> if the coroutine finishes its execution 
- without errors, 
- or an error code in case of errors (see <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In case of errors, 
- the stack is not unwound, 
- so you can use the debug API over it. 
- The error message is on the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To resume a coroutine, 
- you remove any results from the last <a href="#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a>, 
- put on its stack only the values to 
- be passed as results from <code>yield</code>, 
- and then call <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The parameter <code>from</code> represents the coroutine that is resuming <code>L</code>. 
- If there is no such coroutine, 
- this parameter can be <code>NULL</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setallocf"><code>lua_setallocf</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setallocf (lua_State *L, lua_Alloc f, void *ud);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Changes the allocator function of a given state to <code>f</code> 
- with user data <code>ud</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setfield"><code>lua_setfield</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Does the equivalent to <code>t[k] = v</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given index 
- and <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops the value from the stack. 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "newindex" event (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setglobal"><code>lua_setglobal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a value from the stack and 
- sets it as the new value of global <code>name</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setmetatable"><code>lua_setmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a table from the stack and 
- sets it as the new metatable for the value at the given index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_settable"><code>lua_settable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-2, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_settable (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Does the equivalent to <code>t[k] = v</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at the given index, 
- <code>v</code> is the value at the top of the stack, 
- and <code>k</code> is the value just below the top. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function pops both the key and the value from the stack. 
- As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod 
- for the "newindex" event (see <a href="#2.4">§2.4</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_settop"><code>lua_settop</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-?, +?, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_settop (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Accepts any index, or 0, 
- and sets the stack top to this index. 
- If the new top is larger than the old one, 
- then the new elements are filled with <b>nil</b>. 
- If <code>index</code> is 0, then all stack elements are removed. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setuservalue"><code>lua_setuservalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-1, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void lua_setuservalue (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pops a table or <b>nil</b> from the stack and sets it as 
- the new value associated to the userdata at the given index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_State"><code>lua_State</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef struct lua_State lua_State;</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- An opaque structure that points to a thread and indirectly 
- (through the thread) to the whole state of a Lua interpreter. 
- The Lua library is fully reentrant: 
- it has no global variables. 
- All information about a state is accessible through this structure. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A pointer to this structure must be passed as the first argument to 
- every function in the library, except to <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a>, 
- which creates a Lua state from scratch. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_status"><code>lua_status</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_status (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the status of the thread <code>L</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The status can be 0 (<a href="#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK</code></a>) for a normal thread, 
- an error code if the thread finished the execution 
- of a <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a> with an error, 
- or <a name="pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> if the thread is suspended. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- You can only call functions in threads with status <a href="#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK</code></a>. 
- You can resume threads with status <a href="#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK</code></a> 
- (to start a new coroutine) or <a href="#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD</code></a> 
- (to resume a coroutine). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_toboolean (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Converts the Lua value at the given index to a C boolean 
- value (0 or 1). 
- Like all tests in Lua, 
- <a href="#lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean</code></a> returns true for any Lua value 
- different from <b>false</b> and <b>nil</b>; 
- otherwise it returns false. 
- (If you want to accept only actual boolean values, 
- use <a href="#lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean</code></a> to test the value's type.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_CFunction lua_tocfunction  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts a value at the given index to a C function. 
- That value must be a C function; 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_Integer lua_tointeger  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_Integer lua_tointegerx  (- lua_State *L, int index, int *isnum )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the Lua value at the given index 
- to the signed integral  type-  < a href="#lua_Integer"- >< code- >lua_Integer< /code- >< /a- >. 
- The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number 
- (- see < a href="#3.4.2"- >§3.4.2< /a- > )- ; 
 
- otherwise, < code- >lua_tointegerx< /code- > returns  0- . 
-   
-   
- If the number is not an integer, 
- it is truncated in some non-specified way. 
-   
-   
- its referent is assigned a boolean value that 
- indicates whether the operation succeeded. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_tolstring  (- lua_State *L, int index, size_t *len )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the Lua value at the given index to a C string. 
- it also sets < code- >*len< /code- > with the string length. 
- The Lua value must be a string or a number; 
- otherwise, the function returns < code- >NULL< /code- >. 
- If the value is a number, 
- < em- >changes the actual  value-  in the stack to a string< /em- >. 
- (- This change confuses < a href="#lua_next"- >< code- >lua_next< /code- >< /a- > 
 
- when < code- >lua_tolstring< /code- > is applied to keys during a table traversal. )
-   
-   
- < code- >lua_tolstring< /code- > returns a fully aligned pointer 
- to a string inside the Lua state. 
- This string always has a zero ('<code>\0</code>') 
- after its last character (as in C), 
- but can contain other zeros in its body. 
- Because Lua has garbage collection, 
- there is no guarantee that the pointer returned by < code- >lua_tolstring< /code- > 
- will be valid after the corresponding value is removed from the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_Number lua_tonumber  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_Number lua_tonumberx  (- lua_State *L, int index, int *isnum )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the Lua value at the given index 
- to the C  type-  < a href="#lua_Number"- >< code- >lua_Number< /code- >< /a- >  (- see < a href="#lua_Number"- >< code- >lua_Number< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
- The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number 
- (- see < a href="#3.4.2"- >§3.4.2< /a- > )- ; 
 
- otherwise, < a href="#lua_tonumberx"- >< code- >lua_tonumberx< /code- >< /a- > returns  0- . 
-   
-   
- its referent is assigned a boolean value that 
- indicates whether the operation succeeded. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >const void *lua_topointer  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the value at the given index to a generic 
- The value can be a userdata, a table, a thread, or a function; 
- Different objects will give different pointers. 
- There is no way to convert the pointer back to its original value. 
-   
-   
- Typically this function is used only for debug information. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_tostring  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_State *lua_tothread  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the value at the given index to a Lua thread 
- (- represented as < code- >lua_State*< /code- > )- . 
 
- This value must be a thread; 
- otherwise, the function returns < code- >NULL< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_Unsigned lua_tounsigned  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_Unsigned lua_tounsignedx  (- lua_State *L, int index, int *isnum )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts the Lua value at the given index 
- to the unsigned integral  type-  < a href="#lua_Unsigned"- >< code- >lua_Unsigned< /code- >< /a- >. 
- The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number 
- (- see < a href="#3.4.2"- >§3.4.2< /a- > )- ; 
 
- otherwise, < code- >lua_tounsignedx< /code- > returns  0- . 
-   
-   
- If the number is not an integer, 
- it is truncated in some non-specified way. 
- If the number is outside the range of representable values, 
- it is normalized to the remainder of its division by 
- one more than the maximum representable value. 
-   
-   
- its referent is assigned a boolean value that 
- indicates whether the operation succeeded. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >void *lua_touserdata  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- If the value at the given index is a full userdata, 
- returns its block address. 
- If the value is a light userdata, 
- returns its pointer. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >int lua_type  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the type of the value in the given valid index, 
- or < code- >LUA_TNONE< /code- >  for-  a non-valid  (- but acceptable )-  index. 
- The types returned by < a href="#lua_type"- >< code- >lua_type< /code- >< /a- > are coded by the following constants 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TNUMBER"- >< code- >LUA_TNUMBER< /code- >< /a- >, 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TBOOLEAN"- >< code- >LUA_TBOOLEAN< /code- >< /a- >, 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TSTRING"- >< code- >LUA_TSTRING< /code- >< /a- >, 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TTABLE"- >< code- >LUA_TTABLE< /code- >< /a- >, 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TFUNCTION"- >< code- >LUA_TFUNCTION< /code- >< /a- >, 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TUSERDATA"- >< code- >LUA_TUSERDATA< /code- >< /a- >, 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TTHREAD"- >< code- >LUA_TTHREAD< /code- >< /a- >, 
- and 
- < a name="pdf-LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA"- >< code- >LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_typename  (- lua_State *L, int tp )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the  name-  of the  type-  encoded by the  value-  < code- >tp< /code- >, 
- which must be one the values returned by < a href="#lua_type"- >< code- >lua_type< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef unsigned long lua_Unsigned;< /pre- > 
-   
- The type used by the Lua API to represent unsigned integral values. 
- It must have at least 32 bits. 
-   
-   
- whichever can hold 32-bit values. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >int lua_upvalueindex  (- int i )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the pseudo-index that represents the < code- >i< /code- >-th upvalue of 
- the running function  (- see < a href="#4.4"- >§ 4.4- < /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const lua_Number *lua_version  (- lua_State *L )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the address of the version number stored in the Lua core. 
- When called with a valid < a href="#lua_State"- >< code- >lua_State< /code- >< /a- >, 
- returns the address of the version used to create that state. 
- returns the address of the version running the call. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef int  (- *lua_Writer ) (- lua_State *L, 
-                            const void* p, 
-                            size_t sz, 
-   
- The  type-  of the writer function used by < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- >. 
- Every time it produces another piece of chunk, 
- < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- > calls the writer, 
- passing along the buffer to be written  (- < code- >p< /code- > )- , 
- and the < code- >data< /code- > parameter supplied to < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- The writer returns an error code: 
- 0 means no errors; 
- any other  value-  means an error and stops < a href="#lua_dump"- >< code- >lua_dump< /code- >< /a- > from 
- calling the writer again. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- -?, +?, – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >void lua_xmove  (- lua_State *from, lua_State *to, int n )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Exchange values between different threads of the same state. 
-   
-   
- and pushes them onto the stack < code- >to< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- -?, +?, – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >int lua_yield  (- lua_State *L, int nresults )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- This function is equivalent to < a href="#lua_yieldk"- >< code- >lua_yieldk< /code- >< /a- >, 
- but it has no continuation  (- see < a href="#4.7"- >§ 4.7- < /a- > )- . 
- Therefore, when the thread resumes, 
- it returns to the function that called 
- the function calling < code- >lua_yield< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- -?, +?, – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >int lua_yieldk  (- lua_State *L, int nresults, int ctx, lua_CFunction k )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Yields a coroutine. 
-   
-   
- This function should only be called as the 
- return expression of a C function, as follows: 
-   
-      return lua_yieldk (L, n, i, k); 
- When a C function calls < a href="#lua_yieldk"- >< code- >lua_yieldk< /code- >< /a- > in that way, 
- the running coroutine suspends its execution, 
- and the call to < a href="#lua_resume"- >< code- >lua_resume< /code- >< /a- > that started this coroutine returns. 
- The parameter < code- >nresults< /code- > is the number of values from the stack 
- that are passed as results to < a href="#lua_resume"- >< code- >lua_resume< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- When the coroutine is resumed again, 
- Lua calls the given continuation function < code- >k< /code- > to continue 
- the execution of the C function that yielded  (- see < a href="#4.7"- >§ 4.7- < /a- > )- . 
- This continuation function receives the same stack 
- from the previous function, 
- with the results removed and 
- replaced by the arguments passed to < a href="#lua_resume"- >< code- >lua_resume< /code- >< /a- >. 
- Moreover, 
- the continuation function may access the  value-  < code- >ctx< /code- > 
- by calling < a href="#lua_getctx"- >< code- >lua_getctx< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 4.9-  – < a name="4.9"- >The Debug Interface< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Lua has no built-in debugging facilities. 
- Instead, it offers a special interface 
- by means of functions and < em- >hooks< /em- >. 
- This interface allows the construction of different 
- kinds of debuggers, profilers, and other tools 
- that need "inside information" from the interpreter. 
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef struct lua_Debug  {
-   int event; 
-   const char *name;           /* (n) */ 
-   const char *namewhat;       /* (n) */ 
-   const char *what;           /* (S) */ 
-   const char *source;         /* (S) */ 
-   int currentline;            /* (l) */ 
-   int linedefined;            /* (S) */ 
-   int lastlinedefined;        /* (S) */ 
-   unsigned char nups;         /* (u) number of upvalues */ 
-   unsigned char nparams;      /* (u) number of parameters */ 
-   char isvararg;              /* (u) */ 
-   char istailcall;            /* (t) */ 
-   char short_src[LUA_IDSIZE]; /* (S) */ 
-   /* private part */ 
-   
- A structure used to carry different pieces of 
- information about a function or an activation record. 
- < a href="#lua_getstack"- >< code- >lua_getstack< /code- >< /a- > fills only the private part 
- of this structure, for later use. 
- To fill the other fields of < a href="#lua_Debug"- >< code- >lua_Debug< /code- >< /a- > with useful information, 
- call < a href="#lua_getinfo"- >< code- >lua_getinfo< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- The fields of < a href="#lua_Debug"- >< code- >lua_Debug< /code- >< /a- > have the following meaning: 
-   
-   
- the source of the chunk that created the function. 
- If < code- >source< /code- > starts with a  '<code>@</code>'- , 
- it means that the function was defined in a file where 
- the file name follows the '<code>@</code>'. 
- If < code- >source< /code- > starts with a  '<code>=</code>'- , 
- the remainder of its contents describe the source in a user-dependent manner. 
- Otherwise, 
- the function was defined in a string where 
-   
- a  "printable" version-  of < code- >source< /code- >, to be used in error messages. 
-   
- the line number where the definition of the function starts. 
-   
- the line number where the definition of the function ends. 
-   
- the string < code- > "Lua"- < /code- > if the function is a Lua function, 
- < code- > "C"- < /code- > if it is a C function, 
- < code- > "main"- < /code- > if it is the main part of a chunk. 
-   
- the current line where the given function is executing. 
- When no line information is available, 
-   
- a reasonable name for the given function. 
- Because functions in Lua are first-class values, 
- they do not have a fixed name: 
- some functions can be the value of multiple global variables, 
- while others can be stored only in a table field. 
- The < code- >lua_getinfo< /code- > function checks how the function was 
- called to find a suitable name. 
- If it cannot find a name, 
-   
- The  value-  of < code- >namewhat< /code- > can be 
- according to how the function was called. 
- (Lua uses the empty string when no other option seems to apply.) 
-   
- true if this function invocation was called by a tail call. 
- In this case, the caller of this level is not in the stack. 
-   
- the number of upvalues of the function. 
-   
- the number of fixed parameters of the function 
- (always 0 for C functions). 
-   
- true if the function is a vararg function 
- (always true for C functions). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >lua_Hook lua_gethook  (- lua_State *L )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the current hook function. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >int lua_gethookcount  (- lua_State *L )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the current hook count. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >int lua_gethookmask  (- lua_State *L )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the current hook mask. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int lua_getinfo  (- lua_State *L, const  char-  *what, lua_Debug *ar )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Gets information about a specific function or function invocation. 
-   
-   
- To get information about a function invocation, 
- the parameter < code- >ar< /code- > must be a valid activation record that was 
- filled by a previous call to < a href="#lua_getstack"- >< code- >lua_getstack< /code- >< /a- > or 
- given as argument to a hook  (- see < a href="#lua_Hook"- >< code- >lua_Hook< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- To get information about a function you push it onto the stack 
- and  start-  the < code- >what< /code- > string with the character  '<code>></code>'- . 
- (In that case, 
- < code- >lua_getinfo< /code- > pops the function from the top of the stack. )
- For-  instance, to know in which line a function < code- >f< /code- > was defined, 
 
- you can write the following code: 
-   
-      lua_Debug ar; 
-      lua_getglobal(L, "f");  /* get global 'f' */ 
-      lua_getinfo(L, ">S", &ar); 
-      printf("%d\n", ar.linedefined); 
-   
- Each character in the string < code- >what< /code- > 
- selects some fields of the structure < code- >ar< /code- > to be filled or 
- a value to be pushed on the stack: 
-   
-   
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>S</code>'- : < /b- > 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>l</code>'- : < /b- > fills in the field < code- >currentline< /code- >; 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>t</code>'- : < /b- > fills in the field < code- >istailcall< /code- >; 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>u</code>'- : < /b- > fills in the fields 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>f</code>'- : < /b- > 
- pushes onto the stack the function that is 
- running at the given level; 
-   
- < li- >< b- > '<code>L</code>'- : < /b- > 
- pushes onto the stack a table whose indices are the 
- numbers of the lines that are valid on the function. 
- (- A < em- >valid line< /em- > is a line with some associated  code- , 
 
- that is, a line where you can put a break point. 
- Non-valid lines include empty lines and comments.) 
-   
-   
- This function returns 0 on error 
- (for-  instance, an invalid option in < code- >what< /code- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + (0- | 1)- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >const  char-  *lua_getlocal  (- lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar, int n )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Gets information about a local variable of 
- a given activation record or a given function. 
-   
-   
- In the first case, 
- the parameter < code- >ar< /code- > must be a valid activation record that was 
- filled by a previous call to < a href="#lua_getstack"- >< code- >lua_getstack< /code- >< /a- > or 
- given as argument to a hook  (- see < a href="#lua_Hook"- >< code- >lua_Hook< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
- The index < code- >n< /code- > selects which local variable to inspect; 
- see < a href="#pdf-debug.getlocal"- >< code- >debug.getlocal< /code- >< /a- >  for-  details about variable indices 
- and names. 
-   
-   
- < a href="#lua_getlocal"- >< code- >lua_getlocal< /code- >< /a- > pushes the variable 's value onto the stack
- and returns its name. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In the second case, <code>ar</code> should be <code>NULL</code> and the function 
- to be inspected must be at the top of the stack. 
- In this case, only parameters of Lua functions are visible 
- (as there is no information about what variables are active) 
- and no values are pushed onto the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pushes nothing) 
- when the index is greater than 
- the number of active local variables. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_getstack (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Gets information about the interpreter runtime stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function fills parts of a <a href="#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug</code></a> structure with 
- an identification of the <em>activation record</em> 
- of the function executing at a given level. 
- Level 0 is the current running function, 
- whereas level <em>n+1</em> is the function that has called level <em>n</em> 
- (except for tail calls, which do not count on the stack). 
- When there are no errors, <a href="#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack</code></a> returns 1; 
- when called with a level greater than the stack depth, 
- it returns 0. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), –]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_getupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Gets information about a closure's upvalue. 
- (For Lua functions, 
- upvalues are the external local variables that the function uses, 
- and that are consequently included in its closure.) 
- < a href="#lua_getupvalue"- >< code- >lua_getupvalue< /code- >< /a- > gets the index < code- >n< /code- > of an upvalue, 
- pushes the upvalue's value onto the stack, 
- and returns its name. 
- <code>funcindex</code> points to the closure in the stack. 
- (Upvalues have no particular order, 
- as they are active through the whole function. 
- So, they are numbered in an arbitrary order.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pushes nothing) 
- when the index is greater than the number of upvalues. 
- For C functions, this function uses the empty string <code>""</code> 
- as a name for all upvalues. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook</code></a></h3> 
- <pre>typedef void (*lua_Hook) (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Type for debugging hook functions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Whenever a hook is called, its <code>ar</code> argument has its field 
- <code>event</code> set to the specific event that triggered the hook. 
- Lua identifies these events with the following constants: 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKCALL"><code>LUA_HOOKCALL</code></a>, <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKRET"><code>LUA_HOOKRET</code></a>, 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKTAILCALL"><code>LUA_HOOKTAILCALL</code></a>, <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKLINE"><code>LUA_HOOKLINE</code></a>, 
- and <a name="pdf-LUA_HOOKCOUNT"><code>LUA_HOOKCOUNT</code></a>. 
- Moreover, for line events, the field <code>currentline</code> is also set. 
- To get the value of any other field in <code>ar</code>, 
- the hook must call <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For call events, <code>event</code> can be <code>LUA_HOOKCALL</code>, 
- the normal value, or <code>LUA_HOOKTAILCALL</code>, for a tail call; 
- in this case, there will be no corresponding return event. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- While Lua is running a hook, it disables other calls to hooks. 
- Therefore, if a hook calls back Lua to execute a function or a chunk, 
- this execution occurs without any calls to hooks. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Hook functions cannot have continuations, 
- that is, they cannot call <a href="#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk</code></a>, 
- <a href="#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk</code></a>, or <a href="#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk</code></a> with a non-null <code>k</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Hook functions can yield under the following conditions: 
- Only count and line events can yield 
- and they cannot yield any value; 
- to yield a hook function must finish its execution 
- calling <a href="#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield</code></a> with <code>nresults</code> equal to zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_sethook"><code>lua_sethook</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>int lua_sethook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook f, int mask, int count);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the debugging hook function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Argument <code>f</code> is the hook function. 
- <code>mask</code> specifies on which events the hook will be called: 
- it is formed by a bitwise or of the constants 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKCALL"><code>LUA_MASKCALL</code></a>, 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKRET"><code>LUA_MASKRET</code></a>, 
- <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKLINE"><code>LUA_MASKLINE</code></a>, 
- and <a name="pdf-LUA_MASKCOUNT"><code>LUA_MASKCOUNT</code></a>. 
- The <code>count</code> argument is only meaningful when the mask 
- includes <code>LUA_MASKCOUNT</code>. 
- For each event, the hook is called as explained below: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>The call hook: </b> is called when the interpreter calls a function. 
- The hook is called just after Lua enters the new function, 
- before the function gets its arguments. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>The return hook: </b> is called when the interpreter returns from a function. 
- The hook is called just before Lua leaves the function. 
- There is no standard way to access the values 
- to be returned by the function. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>The line hook: </b> is called when the interpreter is about to 
- start the execution of a new line of code, 
- or when it jumps back in the code (even to the same line). 
- (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>The count hook: </b> is called after the interpreter executes every 
- <code>count</code> instructions. 
- (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.) 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
- <p> 
- A hook is disabled by setting <code>mask</code> to zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setlocal"><code>lua_setlocal</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_setlocal (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the value of a local variable of a given activation record. 
- Parameters <code>ar</code> and <code>n</code> are as in <a href="#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a> 
- (see <a href="#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal</code></a>). 
- <a href="#lua_setlocal"><code>lua_setlocal</code></a> assigns the value at the top of the stack 
- to the variable and returns its name. 
- It also pops the value from the stack. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>NULL</code> (and pops nothing) 
- when the index is greater than 
- the number of active local variables. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="lua_setupvalue"><code>lua_setupvalue</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-(0|1), +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>const char *lua_setupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the value of a closure's upvalue. 
- It assigns the value at the top of the stack 
- to the upvalue and returns its name. 
- It also pops the value from the stack. 
- (- see < a href="#lua_getupvalue"- >< code- >lua_getupvalue< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- Returns < code- >NULL< /code- >  (- and pops nothing )
- when the index is greater than the number of upvalues. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >void *lua_upvalueid  (- lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns an unique identifier  for-  the upvalue numbered < code- >n< /code- > 
- from the closure at index < code- >funcindex< /code- >. 
- (- see < a href="#lua_getupvalue"- >< code- >lua_getupvalue< /code- >< /a- > )
 
- (- but < code- >n< /code- > cannot be greater than the number of upvalues )- . 
 
-   
-   
- These unique identifiers allow a program to check whether different 
- closures share upvalues. 
- Lua closures that share an upvalue 
- (that is, that access a same external local variable) 
- will return identical ids for those upvalue indices. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >void lua_upvaluejoin  (- lua_State *L, int funcindex1, int n1, 
-                                     int funcindex2, int n2 )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Make the < code- >n1< /code- >-th upvalue of the Lua closure at index < code- >funcindex1< /code- > 
- refer to the < code- >n2< /code- >-th upvalue of the Lua closure at index < code- >funcindex2< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h1- > 5-  – < a name="5"- >The Auxiliary Library< /a- >< /h1- > 
-   
-   
- The < em- >auxiliary library< /em- > provides several convenient functions 
- to interface C with Lua. 
- While the basic API provides the primitive functions for all 
- interactions between C and Lua, 
- the auxiliary library provides higher-level functions for some 
- common tasks. 
-   
-   
- All functions and types from the auxiliary library 
- are defined in header file < code- >lauxlib.h< /code- > and 
-   
-   
- All functions in the auxiliary library are built on 
- top of the basic API, 
- and so they provide nothing that cannot be done with that API. 
- Nevertheless, the use of the auxiliary library ensures 
- more consistency to your code. 
-   
-   
- Several functions in the auxiliary library use internally some 
- extra stack slots. 
- When a function in the auxiliary library uses less than five slots, 
- it does not check the stack size; 
- it simply assumes that there are enough slots. 
-   
-   
- Several functions in the auxiliary library are used to 
- check C function arguments. 
- Because the error message is formatted for arguments 
- (e.g., "<code>bad argument #1</code>"), 
- you should not use these functions for other stack values. 
-   
-   
- Functions called < code- >luaL_check*< /code- > 
- always throw an error if the check is not satisfied. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 5.1-  – < a name="5.1"- >Functions and Types< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- Here we list all functions and types from the auxiliary library 
- in alphabetical order. 
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addchar  (- luaL_Buffer *B,  char-  c )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addlstring  (- luaL_Buffer *B, const  char-  *s, size_t l )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- The string can contain embedded zeros. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addsize  (- luaL_Buffer *B, size_t n )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Adds to the buffer < code- >B< /code- >  (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )
- a string of length < code- >n< /code- > previously copied to the 
- buffer area  (- see < a href="#luaL_prepbuffer"- >< code- >luaL_prepbuffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addstring  (- luaL_Buffer *B, const  char-  *s )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Adds the zero-terminated string pointed to by < code- >s< /code- > 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- The string cannot contain embedded zeros. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_addvalue  (- luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Adds the value at the top of the stack 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- Pops the value. 
-   
-   
- This is the only function on string buffers that can (and must) 
- be called with an extra element on the stack, 
- which is the value to be added to the buffer. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_argcheck  (- lua_State *L, 
-                     int cond, 
-                     int arg, 
-                     const  char-  *extramsg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether < code- >cond< /code- > is true. 
- If not, raises an error with a standard message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_argerror  (- lua_State *L, int arg, const  char-  *extramsg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Raises an error with a standard message 
- that includes < code- >extramsg< /code- > as a comment. 
-   
-   
- This function never returns, 
- but it is an idiom to use it in C functions 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef struct luaL_Buffer luaL_Buffer;< /pre- > 
-   
- Type for-  a < em- >string buffer< /em- >. 
 
-   
-   
- A string buffer allows C code to build Lua strings piecemeal. 
- Its pattern of use is as follows: 
-   
-   
-   
- < li- >Then initialize it with a call < code- >luaL_buffinit (- L, &b )- < /code- >.< /li- > 
-   
- Then add string pieces to the buffer calling any of 
-   
- Finish by calling < code- >luaL_pushresult (- &b )- < /code- >. 
- This call leaves the final string on the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
- If you know beforehand the total size of the resulting string, 
- you can use the buffer like this: 
-   
-   
-   
- < li- >Then initialize it and preallocate a space of 
-   
- < li- >Then copy the string into that space.< /li- > 
-   
- Finish by calling < code- >luaL_pushresultsize (- &b, sz )- < /code- >, 
- where < code- >sz< /code- > is the total  size-  of the resulting string 
- copied into that space. 
-   
-   
- During its normal operation, 
- a string buffer uses a variable number of stack slots. 
- So, while using a buffer, you cannot assume that you know where 
- the top of the stack is. 
- You can use the stack between successive calls to buffer operations 
- as long as that use is balanced; 
- that is, 
- when you call a buffer operation, 
- the stack is at the same level 
- it was immediately after the previous buffer operation. 
- (- The only exception to this rule is < a href="#luaL_addvalue"- >< code- >luaL_addvalue< /code- >< /a- >. )
 
- After calling < a href="#luaL_pushresult"- >< code- >luaL_pushresult< /code- >< /a- > the stack is back to its 
- level when the buffer was initialized, 
- plus the final string on its top. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >void luaL_buffinit  (- lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- This function does not allocate any space; 
- the buffer must be declared as a variable 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- > char-  *luaL_buffinitsize  (- lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Equivalent to the sequence 
- < a href="#luaL_buffinit"- >< code- >luaL_buffinit< /code- >< /a- >, < a href="#luaL_prepbuffsize"- >< code- >luaL_prepbuffsize< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_callmeta  (- lua_State *L, int obj, const  char-  *e )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Calls a metamethod. 
-   
-   
- If the  object-  at index < code- >obj< /code- > has a metatable and this 
- this function calls this field passing the object as its only argument. 
- In this case this function returns true and pushes onto the 
- stack the value returned by the call. 
- If there is no metatable or no metamethod, 
- this function returns false (without pushing any value on the stack). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_checkany  (- lua_State *L, int arg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function has an argument 
- of any  type (- including < b- >nil< /b- > )-  at position < code- >arg< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_checkint  (- lua_State *L, int arg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >arg< /code- > is a number 
- and returns this number cast to an < code- >int< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Integer luaL_checkinteger  (- lua_State *L, int arg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >arg< /code- > is a number 
- and returns this number cast to a < a href="#lua_Integer"- >< code- >lua_Integer< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >long luaL_checklong  (- lua_State *L, int arg )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >arg< /code- > is a number 
- and returns this number cast to a < code- >long< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *luaL_checklstring  (- lua_State *L, int arg, size_t *l )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Checks whether the function argument < code- >arg< /code- > is a string 
- and returns this string; 
- with the string's length. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> to get its result, 
- so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checknumber"><code>luaL_checknumber</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_Number luaL_checknumber (lua_State *L, int arg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>arg</code> is a number 
- and returns this number. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkoption"><code>luaL_checkoption</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_checkoption (lua_State *L, 
-                       int arg, 
-                       const char *def, 
-                       const char *const lst[]);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>arg</code> is a string and 
- searches for this string in the array <code>lst</code> 
- (which must be NULL-terminated). 
- Returns the index in the array where the string was found. 
- Raises an error if the argument is not a string or 
- if the string cannot be found. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>def</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, 
- the function uses <code>def</code> as a default value when 
- there is no argument <code>arg</code> or when this argument is <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This is a useful function for mapping strings to C enums. 
- (The usual convention in Lua libraries is 
- to use strings instead of numbers to select options.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkstack"><code>luaL_checkstack</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_checkstack (lua_State *L, int sz, const char *msg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Grows the stack size to <code>top + sz</code> elements, 
- raising an error if the stack cannot grow to that size. 
- <code>msg</code> is an additional text to go into the error message 
- (or <code>NULL</code> for no additional text). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkstring"><code>luaL_checkstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *luaL_checkstring (lua_State *L, int arg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>arg</code> is a string 
- and returns this string. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring</code></a> to get its result, 
- so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checktype"><code>luaL_checktype</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_checktype (lua_State *L, int arg, int t);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>arg</code> has type <code>t</code>. 
- See <a href="#lua_type"><code>lua_type</code></a> for the encoding of types for <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkudata"><code>luaL_checkudata</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void *luaL_checkudata (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *tname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>arg</code> is a userdata 
- of the type <code>tname</code> (see <a href="#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a>) and 
- returns the userdata address (see <a href="#lua_touserdata"><code>lua_touserdata</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkunsigned"><code>luaL_checkunsigned</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_Unsigned luaL_checkunsigned (lua_State *L, int arg);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the function argument <code>arg</code> is a number 
- and returns this number cast to a <a href="#lua_Unsigned"><code>lua_Unsigned</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_checkversion"><code>luaL_checkversion</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_checkversion (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether the core running the call, 
- the core that created the Lua state, 
- and the code making the call are all using the same version of Lua. 
- Also checks whether the core running the call 
- and the core that created the Lua state 
- are using the same address space. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_dofile"><code>luaL_dofile</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +?, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_dofile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads and runs the given file. 
- It is defined as the following macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      (luaL_loadfile(L, filename) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) 
- </pre><p> 
- It returns false if there are no errors 
- or true in case of errors. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_dostring"><code>luaL_dostring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +?, –]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_dostring (lua_State *L, const char *str);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads and runs the given string. 
- It is defined as the following macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      (luaL_loadstring(L, str) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) 
- </pre><p> 
- It returns false if there are no errors 
- or true in case of errors. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_error"><code>luaL_error</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_error (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Raises an error. 
- The error message format is given by <code>fmt</code> 
- plus any extra arguments, 
- following the same rules of <a href="#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring</code></a>. 
- It also adds at the beginning of the message the file name and 
- the line number where the error occurred, 
- if this information is available. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function never returns, 
- but it is an idiom to use it in C functions 
- as <code>return luaL_error(<em>args</em>)</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_execresult"><code>luaL_execresult</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +3, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_execresult (lua_State *L, int stat);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function produces the return values for 
- process-related functions in the standard library 
- (<a href="#pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-io.close"><code>io.close</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_fileresult"><code>luaL_fileresult</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(1|3), <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_fileresult (lua_State *L, int stat, const char *fname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This function produces the return values for 
- file-related functions in the standard library 
- (<a href="#pdf-io.open"><code>io.open</code></a>, <a href="#pdf-os.rename"><code>os.rename</code></a>, <a href="#pdf-file:seek"><code>file:seek</code></a>, etc.). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_getmetafield"><code>luaL_getmetafield</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +(0|1), <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_getmetafield (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the field <code>e</code> from the metatable 
- of the object at index <code>obj</code>. 
- If the object does not have a metatable, 
- or if the metatable does not have this field, 
- returns false and pushes nothing. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_getmetatable"><code>luaL_getmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_getmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Pushes onto the stack the metatable associated with name <code>tname</code> 
- in the registry (see <a href="#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_getsubtable"><code>luaL_getsubtable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_getsubtable (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *fname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Ensures that the value <code>t[fname]</code>, 
- where <code>t</code> is the value at index <code>idx</code>, 
- is a table, 
- and pushes that table onto the stack. 
- Returns true if it finds a previous table there 
- and false if it creates a new table. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_gsub"><code>luaL_gsub</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *luaL_gsub (lua_State *L, 
-                        const char *s, 
-                        const char *p, 
-                        const char *r);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a copy of string <code>s</code> by replacing 
- any occurrence of the string <code>p</code> 
- with the string <code>r</code>. 
- Pushes the resulting string on the stack and returns it. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_len"><code>luaL_len</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_len (lua_State *L, int index);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the "length" of the value at the given index 
- as a number; 
- it is equivalent to the '- < code- >#< /code- > ' operator in Lua (see <a href="#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a>).
 
- Raises an error if the result of the operation is not a number. 
- (This case only can happen through metamethods.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadbuffer"><code>luaL_loadbuffer</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadbuffer (lua_State *L, 
-                      const char *buff, 
-                      size_t sz, 
-                      const char *name);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <a href="#luaL_loadbufferx"><code>luaL_loadbufferx</code></a> with <code>mode</code> equal to <code>NULL</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadbufferx"><code>luaL_loadbufferx</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadbufferx (lua_State *L, 
-                       const char *buff, 
-                       size_t sz, 
-                       const char *name, 
-                       const char *mode);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a buffer as a Lua chunk. 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in the 
- buffer pointed to by <code>buff</code> with size <code>sz</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
- <code>name</code> is the chunk name, 
- used for debug information and error messages. 
- The string <code>mode</code> works as in function <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadfile"><code>luaL_loadfile</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadfile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <a href="#luaL_loadfilex"><code>luaL_loadfilex</code></a> with <code>mode</code> equal to <code>NULL</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadfilex"><code>luaL_loadfilex</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadfilex (lua_State *L, const char *filename, 
-                                             const char *mode);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a file as a Lua chunk. 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in the file 
- named <code>filename</code>. 
- If <code>filename</code> is <code>NULL</code>, 
- then it loads from the standard input. 
- The first line in the file is ignored if it starts with a <code>#</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The string <code>mode</code> works as in function <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, 
- but it has an extra error code <a name="pdf-LUA_ERRFILE"><code>LUA_ERRFILE</code></a> 
- if it cannot open/read the file or the file has a wrong mode. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk; 
- it does not run it. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_loadstring"><code>luaL_loadstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, –]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_loadstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a string as a Lua chunk. 
- This function uses <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> to load the chunk in 
- the zero-terminated string <code>s</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the same results as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Also as <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk; 
- it does not run it. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newlib"><code>luaL_newlib</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_newlib (lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg *l);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new table and registers there 
- the functions in list <code>l</code>. 
- It is implemented as the following macro: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      (luaL_newlibtable(L,l), luaL_setfuncs(L,l,0)) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newlibtable"><code>luaL_newlibtable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_newlibtable (lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg l[]);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new table with a size optimized 
- to store all entries in the array <code>l</code> 
- (but does not actually store them). 
- It is intended to be used in conjunction with <a href="#luaL_setfuncs"><code>luaL_setfuncs</code></a> 
- (see <a href="#luaL_newlib"><code>luaL_newlib</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- It is implemented as a macro. 
- The array <code>l</code> must be the actual array, 
- not a pointer to it. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +1, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_newmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the registry already has the key <code>tname</code>, 
- returns 0. 
- Otherwise, 
- creates a new table to be used as a metatable for userdata, 
- adds it to the registry with key <code>tname</code>, 
- and returns 1. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In both cases pushes onto the stack the final value associated 
- with <code>tname</code> in the registry. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, –]</span> 
- <pre>lua_State *luaL_newstate (void);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new Lua state. 
- It calls <a href="#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate</code></a> with an 
- allocator based on the standard C <code>realloc</code> function 
- and then sets a panic function (see <a href="#4.6">§4.6</a>) that prints 
- an error message to the standard error output in case of fatal 
- errors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the new state, 
- or <code>NULL</code> if there is a memory allocation error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_openlibs"><code>luaL_openlibs</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>e</em>]</span> 
- <pre>void luaL_openlibs (lua_State *L);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Opens all standard Lua libraries into the given state. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optint"><code>luaL_optint</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>int luaL_optint (lua_State *L, int arg, int d);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>arg</code> is a number, 
- returns this number cast to an <code>int</code>. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optinteger"><code>luaL_optinteger</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>lua_Integer luaL_optinteger (lua_State *L, 
-                              int arg, 
-                              lua_Integer d);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>arg</code> is a number, 
- returns this number cast to a <a href="#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer</code></a>. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optlong"><code>luaL_optlong</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>long luaL_optlong (lua_State *L, int arg, long d);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>arg</code> is a number, 
- returns this number cast to a <code>long</code>. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <hr><h3><a name="luaL_optlstring"><code>luaL_optlstring</code></a></h3><p> 
- <span class="apii">[-0, +0, <em>v</em>]</span> 
- <pre>const char *luaL_optlstring (lua_State *L, 
-                              int arg, 
-                              const char *d, 
-                              size_t *l);</pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- If the function argument <code>arg</code> is a string, 
- returns this string. 
- If this argument is absent or is <b>nil</b>, 
- returns <code>d</code>. 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>l</code> is not <code>NULL</code>, 
- fills the position <code>*l</code> with the result's length. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Number luaL_optnumber  (- lua_State *L, int arg, lua_Number d )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- If the function argument < code- >arg< /code- > is a number, 
- returns this number. 
- If this argument is absent or is < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *luaL_optstring  (- lua_State *L, 
-                             int arg, 
-   
- If the function argument < code- >arg< /code- > is a string, 
- returns this string. 
- If this argument is absent or is < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >lua_Unsigned luaL_optunsigned  (- lua_State *L, 
-                                int arg, 
-   
- If the function argument < code- >arg< /code- > is a number, 
- returns this number cast to a < a href="#lua_Unsigned"- >< code- >lua_Unsigned< /code- >< /a- >. 
- If this argument is absent or is < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- Otherwise, raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- > char-  *luaL_prepbuffer  (- luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Equivalent to < a href="#luaL_prepbuffsize"- >< code- >luaL_prepbuffsize< /code- >< /a- > 
- with the predefined  size-  < a name="pdf-LUAL_BUFFERSIZE"- >< code- >LUAL_BUFFERSIZE< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- > char-  *luaL_prepbuffsize  (- luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns an address to a space of  size-  < code- >sz< /code- > 
- where you can copy a string to be added to buffer < code- >B< /code- > 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Buffer"- >< code- >luaL_Buffer< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- After copying the string into this space you must call 
- < a href="#luaL_addsize"- >< code- >luaL_addsize< /code- >< /a- > with the  size-  of the string to actually add 
- it to the buffer. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_pushresult  (- luaL_Buffer *B )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Finishes the use of buffer < code- >B< /code- > leaving the final string on 
- the top of the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_pushresultsize  (- luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Equivalent to the sequence < a href="#luaL_addsize"- >< code- >luaL_addsize< /code- >< /a- >, < a href="#luaL_pushresult"- >< code- >luaL_pushresult< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >int luaL_ref  (- lua_State *L, int t )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Creates and returns a < em- >reference< /em- >, 
- for the object at the top of the stack (and pops the object). 
-   
-   
- A reference is a unique integer key. 
- As long as you do not manually add integer keys into table < code- >t< /code- >, 
- < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- > ensures the uniqueness of the key it returns. 
- You can retrieve an  object-  referred by reference < code- >r< /code- > 
- by calling < code- >lua_rawgeti (- L, t, r )- < /code- >. 
- Function < a href="#luaL_unref"- >< code- >luaL_unref< /code- >< /a- > frees a reference and its associated  object- . 
-   
-   
- If the  object-  at the top of the stack is < b- >nil< /b- >, 
- < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- > returns the constant < a name="pdf-LUA_REFNIL"- >< code- >LUA_REFNIL< /code- >< /a- >. 
- The constant < a name="pdf-LUA_NOREF"- >< code- >LUA_NOREF< /code- >< /a- > is guaranteed to be different 
- from any reference returned by < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >typedef struct luaL_Reg  {
-   const char *name; 
-   lua_CFunction func; 
-   
- Type for arrays of functions to be registered by 
- < a href="#luaL_setfuncs"- >< code- >luaL_setfuncs< /code- >< /a- >. 
- the function. 
- Any array of < a href="#luaL_Reg"- >< code- >luaL_Reg< /code- >< /a- > must end with an sentinel entry 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_requiref  (- lua_State *L, const  char-  *modname, 
-                     lua_CFunction openf, int glb )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Calls function < code- >openf< /code- > with string < code- >modname< /code- > as an argument 
- and sets the call result in < code- >package.loaded [- modname ]- < /code- >, 
- as if that function has been called through < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- also stores the result into global < code- >modname< /code- >. 
-   
-   
- Leaves a copy of that result on the stack. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_setfuncs  (- lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg *l, int nup )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Registers all functions in the array < code- >l< /code- > 
- (- see < a href="#luaL_Reg"- >< code- >luaL_Reg< /code- >< /a- > )-  into the table on the top of the stack 
 
- (below optional upvalues, see next). 
-   
-   
- all functions are created sharing < code- >nup< /code- > upvalues, 
- which must be previously pushed on the stack 
- on top of the library table. 
- These values are popped from the stack after the registration. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >void luaL_setmetatable  (- lua_State *L, const  char-  *tname )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Sets the metatable of the object at the top of the stack 
- as the metatable associated with  name-  < code- >tname< /code- > 
- in the registry  (- see < a href="#luaL_newmetatable"- >< code- >luaL_newmetatable< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void *luaL_testudata  (- lua_State *L, int arg, const  char-  *tname )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- This function works like < a href="#luaL_checkudata"- >< code- >luaL_checkudata< /code- >< /a- >, 
- except that, when the test fails, 
- it returns < code- >NULL< /code- > instead of throwing an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >const  char-  *luaL_tolstring  (- lua_State *L, int idx, size_t *len )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Converts any Lua value at the given index to a C string 
- in a reasonable format. 
- The resulting string is pushed onto the stack and also 
- returned by the function. 
- the function also sets < code- >*len< /code- > with the string length. 
-   
-   
- If the  value-  has a metatable with a < code- > "__tostring"- < /code- > field, 
- then < code- >luaL_tolstring< /code- > calls the corresponding metamethod 
- with the value as argument, 
- and uses the result of the call as its result. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_traceback  (- lua_State *L, lua_State *L1, const  char-  *msg, 
-   
- Creates and pushes a traceback of the stack < code- >L1< /code- >. 
- at the beginning of the traceback. 
- The < code- >level< /code- > parameter tells at which level 
- to start the traceback. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >const  char-  *luaL_typename  (- lua_State *L, int index )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Returns the name of the type of the value at the given index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < span class="apii"- > [- - 0- , + 0- , – ]- < /span- > 
- < pre- >void luaL_unref  (- lua_State *L, int t, int ref )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- (- see < a href="#luaL_ref"- >< code- >luaL_ref< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
- The entry is removed from the table, 
- so that the referred object can be collected. 
- The reference < code- >ref< /code- > is also freed to be used again. 
-   
-   
- < a href="#luaL_unref"- >< code- >luaL_unref< /code- >< /a- > does nothing. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < pre- >void luaL_where  (- lua_State *L, int lvl )- ;< /pre- > 
-   
- Pushes onto the stack a string identifying the current position 
- of the control at level < code- >lvl< /code- > in the call stack. 
- Typically this string has the following format: 
-   
-      < em- >chunkname< /em- >:< em- >currentline< /em- >: 
- Level 0 is the running function, 
- level 1 is the function that called the running function, 
- etc. 
-   
-   
- This function is used to build a prefix for error messages. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < h1- > 6-  – < a name="6"- >Standard Libraries< /a- >< /h1- > 
-   
- The standard Lua libraries provide useful functions 
- that are implemented directly through the C API. 
- Some of these functions provide essential services to the language 
- (- e.g., < a href="#pdf-type"- >< code- >type< /code- >< /a- > and < a href="#pdf-getmetatable"- >< code- >getmetatable< /code- >< /a- > )- ; 
 
- others provide access to "outside" services (e.g., I/O); 
- and others could be implemented in Lua itself, 
- but are quite useful or have critical performance requirements that 
- deserve an implementation in C  (- e.g., < a href="#pdf-table.sort"- >< code- >table.sort< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
-   
-   
- All libraries are implemented through the official C API 
- and are provided as separate C modules. 
- Currently, Lua has the following standard libraries: 
-   
-   
- < li- >basic library  (- < a href="#6.1"- >§ 6.1- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >coroutine library  (- < a href="#6.2"- >§ 6.2- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >package library  (- < a href="#6.3"- >§ 6.3- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >string manipulation  (- < a href="#6.4"- >§ 6.4- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >table manipulation  (- < a href="#6.5"- >§ 6.5- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >mathematical functions  (- < a href="#6.6"- >§ 6.6- < /a- > ) (- sin, log, etc. )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >bitwise operations  (- < a href="#6.7"- >§ 6.7- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >input and output  (- < a href="#6.8"- >§ 6.8- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >operating system facilities  (- < a href="#6.9"- >§ 6.9- < /a- > )- ;< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >debug facilities  (- < a href="#6.10"- >§ 6.10- < /a- > )- .< /li- > 
-   
- Except for the basic and the package libraries, 
- each library provides all its functions as fields of a global table 
- or as methods of its objects. 
-   
-   
- To have access to these libraries, 
- the C host program should call the < a href="#luaL_openlibs"- >< code- >luaL_openlibs< /code- >< /a- > function, 
- which opens all standard libraries. 
- Alternatively, 
- the host program can open them individually by using 
- < a href="#luaL_requiref"- >< code- >luaL_requiref< /code- >< /a- > to call 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_base"- >< code- >luaopen_base< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the basic library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_package"- >< code- >luaopen_package< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the package library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_coroutine"- >< code- >luaopen_coroutine< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the coroutine library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_string"- >< code- >luaopen_string< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the string library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_table"- >< code- >luaopen_table< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the table library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_math"- >< code- >luaopen_math< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the mathematical library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_bit32"- >< code- >luaopen_bit32< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the bit library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_io"- >< code- >luaopen_io< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the I /- O library )- , 
- < a name="pdf-luaopen_os"- >< code- >luaopen_os< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the Operating System library )- , 
- and < a name="pdf-luaopen_debug"- >< code- >luaopen_debug< /code- >< /a- >  (for-  the debug library )- . 
- These functions are declared in < a name="pdf-lualib.h"- >< code- >lualib.h< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
- < h2- > 6.1-  – < a name="6.1"- >Basic Functions< /a- >< /h2- > 
-   
- The basic library provides core functions to Lua. 
- If you do not include this library in your application, 
- you should check carefully whether you need to provide 
- implementations for some of its facilities. 
-   
-   
- Issues an  error when 
- the  value-  of its argument < code- >v< /code- > is false  (- i.e., < b- >nil< /b- > or < b- >false< /b- > )- ; 
- otherwise, returns all its arguments. 
- < code- >message< /code- > is an error message; 
- when absent, it defaults to "assertion failed!" 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < hr- >< h3- >< a name="pdf-collectgarbage"- >< code- >collectgarbage  ([- opt  [- , arg ]])- < /code- >< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
-   
- This function is a generic interface to the garbage collector. 
- It performs different functions according to its first argument, < code- >opt< /code- >: 
-   
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>collect</code>"- : < /b- > 
- performs a full garbage-collection cycle. 
- This is the default option. 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>stop</code>"- : < /b- > 
- stops automatic execution of the garbage collector. 
- The collector will run only when explicitly invoked, 
- until a call to restart it. 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>restart</code>"- : < /b- > 
- restarts automatic execution of the garbage collector. 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>count</code>"- : < /b- > 
- returns the total memory in use by Lua (in Kbytes) and 
- a second value with the total memory in bytes modulo 1024. 
- The first value has a fractional part, 
- so the following equality is always true: 
-   
-      k, b = collectgarbage("count") 
-      assert(k*1024 == math.floor(k)*1024 + b) 
- (The second result is useful when Lua is compiled 
- with a non floating-point type for numbers.) 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>step</code>"- : < /b- > 
- performs a garbage-collection step. 
- The step  "size"-  is controlled by < code- >arg< /code- > 
- (larger values mean more steps) in a non-specified way. 
- If you want to control the step size 
- you must experimentally tune the  value-  of < code- >arg< /code- >. 
- Returns < b- >true< /b- > if the step finished a collection cycle. 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>setpause</code>"- : < /b- > 
- sets < code- >arg< /code- > as the new  value for-  the < em- >pause< /em- > of 
- the collector  (- see < a href="#2.5"- >§ 2.5- < /a- > )- . 
- Returns the previous  value for-  < em- >pause< /em- >. 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>setstepmul</code>"- : < /b- > 
- sets < code- >arg< /code- > as the new  value for-  the < em- >step multiplier< /em- > of 
- the collector  (- see < a href="#2.5"- >§ 2.5- < /a- > )- . 
- Returns the previous  value for-  < em- >step< /em- >. 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>isrunning</code>"- : < /b- > 
- returns a boolean that tells whether the collector is running 
- (i.e., not stopped). 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>generational</code>"- : < /b- > 
- changes the collector to generational mode. 
- This is an experimental feature  (- see < a href="#2.5"- >§ 2.5- < /a- > )- . 
-   
- < li- >< b- > "<code>incremental</code>"- : < /b- > 
- changes the collector to incremental mode. 
- This is the default mode. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- Opens the named file and executes its contents as a Lua chunk. 
- When called without arguments, 
- < code- >dofile< /code- > executes the contents of the standard input  (- < code- >stdin< /code- > )- . 
- Returns all values returned by the chunk. 
- In case of errors, < code- >dofile< /code- > propagates the error 
- to its caller  (- that is, < code- >dofile< /code- > does not run in protected mode )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- Terminates the last protected function called 
- and returns < code- >message< /code- > as the error message. 
- Function < code- >error< /code- > never returns. 
-   
-   
- Usually, < code- >error< /code- > adds some information about the error position 
- at the beginning of the message, if the message is a string. 
- The < code- >level< /code- > argument specifies how to get the error position. 
- With level 1 (the default), the error position is where the 
- Level 2 points the error to where the function 
- that called < code- >error< /code- > was called; and so on. 
- Passing a level 0 avoids the addition of error position information 
- to the message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- A global variable (not a function) that 
- holds the global environment  (- see < a href="#2.2"- >§ 2.2- < /a- > )- . 
- Lua itself does not use this variable; 
- changing its value does not affect any environment, 
- nor vice-versa. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- If < code- >object< /code- > does not have a metatable, returns < b- >nil< /b- >. 
- Otherwise, 
- if the object's metatable has a <code>"__metatable"</code> field, 
- returns the associated value. 
- Otherwise, returns the metatable of the given object. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-ipairs"><code>ipairs (t)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>t</code> has a metamethod <code>__ipairs</code>, 
- calls it with <code>t</code> as argument and returns the first three 
- results from the call. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Otherwise, 
- returns three values: an iterator function, the table <code>t</code>, and 0, 
- so that the construction 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for i,v in ipairs(t) do <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over the pairs (<code>1,t[1]</code>), (<code>2,t[2]</code>), ..., 
- up to the first integer key absent from the table. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-load"><code>load (ld [, source [, mode [, env]]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Loads a chunk. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>ld</code> is a string, the chunk is this string. 
- If <code>ld</code> is a function, 
- <code>load</code> calls it repeatedly to get the chunk pieces. 
- Each call to <code>ld</code> must return a string that concatenates 
- with previous results. 
- A return of an empty string, <b>nil</b>, or no value signals the end of the chunk. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If there are no syntactic errors, 
- returns the compiled chunk as a function; 
- otherwise, returns <b>nil</b> plus the error message. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the resulting function has upvalues, 
- the first upvalue is set to the value of <code>env</code>, 
- if that parameter is given, 
- or to the value of the global environment. 
- (When you load a main chunk, 
- the resulting function will always have exactly one upvalue, 
- the <code>_ENV</code> variable (see <a href="#2.2">§2.2</a>). 
- When you load a binary chunk created from a function (see <a href="#pdf-string.dump"><code>string.dump</code></a>), 
- the resulting function can have arbitrary upvalues.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <code>source</code> is used as the source of the chunk for error messages 
- and debug information (see <a href="#4.9">§4.9</a>). 
- When absent, 
- it defaults to <code>ld</code>, if <code>ld</code> is a string, 
- or to "<code>=(load)</code>" otherwise. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The string <code>mode</code> controls whether the chunk can be text or binary 
- (that is, a precompiled chunk). 
- It may be the string "<code>b</code>" (only binary chunks), 
- "<code>t</code>" (only text chunks), 
- or "<code>bt</code>" (both binary and text). 
- The default is "<code>bt</code>". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile ([filename [, mode [, env]]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>, 
- but gets the chunk from file <code>filename</code> 
- or from the standard input, 
- if no file name is given. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-next"><code>next (table [, index])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Allows a program to traverse all fields of a table. 
- Its first argument is a table and its second argument 
- is an index in this table. 
- <code>next</code> returns the next index of the table 
- and its associated value. 
- When called with <b>nil</b> as its second argument, 
- <code>next</code> returns an initial index 
- and its associated value. 
- When called with the last index, 
- or with <b>nil</b> in an empty table, 
- <code>next</code> returns <b>nil</b>. 
- If the second argument is absent, then it is interpreted as <b>nil</b>. 
- In particular, 
- you can use <code>next(t)</code> to check whether a table is empty. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The order in which the indices are enumerated is not specified, 
- <em>even for numeric indices</em>. 
- (To traverse a table in numeric order, 
- use a numerical <b>for</b>.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The behavior of <code>next</code> is undefined if, 
- during the traversal, 
- you assign any value to a non-existent field in the table. 
- You may however modify existing fields. 
- In particular, you may clear existing fields. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-pairs"><code>pairs (t)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>t</code> has a metamethod <code>__pairs</code>, 
- calls it with <code>t</code> as argument and returns the first three 
- results from the call. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Otherwise, 
- returns three values: the <a href="#pdf-next"><code>next</code></a> function, the table <code>t</code>, and <b>nil</b>, 
- so that the construction 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for k,v in pairs(t) do <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over all key–value pairs of table <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- See function <a href="#pdf-next"><code>next</code></a> for the caveats of modifying 
- the table during its traversal. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-pcall"><code>pcall (f [, arg1, ···])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Calls function <code>f</code> with 
- the given arguments in <em>protected mode</em>. 
- This means that any error inside <code>f</code> is not propagated; 
- instead, <code>pcall</code> catches the error 
- and returns a status code. 
- Its first result is the status code (a boolean), 
- which is true if the call succeeds without errors. 
- In such case, <code>pcall</code> also returns all results from the call, 
- after this first result. 
- In case of any error, <code>pcall</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the error message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-print"><code>print (···)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives any number of arguments 
- and prints their values to <code>stdout</code>, 
- using the <a href="#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring</code></a> function to convert each argument to a string. 
- <code>print</code> is not intended for formatted output, 
- but only as a quick way to show a value, 
- for instance for debugging. 
- For complete control over the output, 
- use <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-io.write"><code>io.write</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawequal"><code>rawequal (v1, v2)</code></a></h3> 
- Checks whether <code>v1</code> is equal to <code>v2</code>, 
- without invoking any metamethod. 
- Returns a boolean. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawget"><code>rawget (table, index)</code></a></h3> 
- Gets the real value of <code>table[index]</code>, 
- without invoking any metamethod. 
- <code>table</code> must be a table; 
- <code>index</code> may be any value. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawlen"><code>rawlen (v)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the length of the object <code>v</code>, 
- which must be a table or a string, 
- without invoking any metamethod. 
- Returns an integer number. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-rawset"><code>rawset (table, index, value)</code></a></h3> 
- Sets the real value of <code>table[index]</code> to <code>value</code>, 
- without invoking any metamethod. 
- <code>table</code> must be a table, 
- <code>index</code> any value different from <b>nil</b> and NaN, 
- and <code>value</code> any Lua value. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns <code>table</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-select"><code>select (index, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>index</code> is a number, 
- returns all arguments after argument number <code>index</code>; 
- a negative number indexes from the end (-1 is the last argument). 
- Otherwise, <code>index</code> must be the string <code>"#"</code>, 
- and <code>select</code> returns the total number of extra arguments it received. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-setmetatable"><code>setmetatable (table, metatable)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the metatable for the given table. 
- (You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua, only from C.) 
- If <code>metatable</code> is <b>nil</b>, 
- removes the metatable of the given table. 
- If the original metatable has a <code>"__metatable"</code> field, 
- raises an error. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns <code>table</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-tonumber"><code>tonumber (e [, base])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called with no <code>base</code>, 
- <code>tonumber</code> tries to convert its argument to a number. 
- If the argument is already a number or 
- a string convertible to a number (see <a href="#3.4.2">§3.4.2</a>), 
- then <code>tonumber</code> returns this number; 
- otherwise, it returns <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called with <code>base</code>, 
- then <code>e</code> should be a string to be interpreted as 
- an integer numeral in that base. 
- The base may be any integer between 2 and 36, inclusive. 
- In bases above 10, the letter '- < code- >A< /code- > ' (in either upper or lower case)
 
- represents 10, '- < code- >B< /code- > ' represents 11, and so forth,
 
- If the string <code>e</code> is not a valid numeral in the given base, 
- the function returns <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-tostring"><code>tostring (v)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives a value of any type and 
- converts it to a string in a reasonable format. 
- (For complete control of how numbers are converted, 
- use <a href="#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format</code></a>.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the metatable of <code>v</code> has a <code>"__tostring"</code> field, 
- then <code>tostring</code> calls the corresponding value 
- with <code>v</code> as argument, 
- and uses the result of the call as its result. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-type"><code>type (v)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the type of its only argument, coded as a string. 
- The possible results of this function are 
- "<code>nil</code>" (a string, not the value <b>nil</b>), 
- "<code>number</code>", 
- "<code>string</code>", 
- "<code>boolean</code>", 
- "<code>table</code>", 
- "<code>function</code>", 
- "<code>thread</code>", 
- and "<code>userdata</code>". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-_VERSION"><code>_VERSION</code></a></h3> 
- A global variable (not a function) that 
- holds a string containing the current interpreter version. 
- The current contents of this variable is "<code>Lua 5.2</code>". 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall (f, msgh [, arg1, ···])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is similar to <a href="#pdf-pcall"><code>pcall</code></a>, 
- except that it sets a new message handler <code>msgh</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.2 – <a name="6.2">Coroutine Manipulation</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- The operations related to coroutines comprise a sub-library of 
- the basic library and come inside the table <a name="pdf-coroutine"><code>coroutine</code></a>. 
- See <a href="#2.6">§2.6</a> for a general description of coroutines. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create (f)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new coroutine, with body <code>f</code>. 
- <code>f</code> must be a Lua function. 
- Returns this new coroutine, 
- an object with type <code>"thread"</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume (co [, val1, ···])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Starts or continues the execution of coroutine <code>co</code>. 
- The first time you resume a coroutine, 
- it starts running its body. 
- The values <code>val1</code>, ... are passed 
- as the arguments to the body function. 
- If the coroutine has yielded, 
- <code>resume</code> restarts it; 
- the values <code>val1</code>, ... are passed 
- as the results from the yield. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the coroutine runs without any errors, 
- <code>resume</code> returns <b>true</b> plus any values passed to <code>yield</code> 
- (if the coroutine yields) or any values returned by the body function 
- (if the coroutine terminates). 
- If there is any error, 
- <code>resume</code> returns <b>false</b> plus the error message. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.running"><code>coroutine.running ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the running coroutine plus a boolean, 
- true when the running coroutine is the main one. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.status"><code>coroutine.status (co)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the status of coroutine <code>co</code>, as a string: 
- <code>"running"</code>, 
- if the coroutine is running (that is, it called <code>status</code>); 
- <code>"suspended"</code>, if the coroutine is suspended in a call to <code>yield</code>, 
- or if it has not started running yet; 
- <code>"normal"</code> if the coroutine is active but not running 
- (that is, it has resumed another coroutine); 
- and <code>"dead"</code> if the coroutine has finished its body function, 
- or if it has stopped with an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap (f)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Creates a new coroutine, with body <code>f</code>. 
- <code>f</code> must be a Lua function. 
- Returns a function that resumes the coroutine each time it is called. 
- Any arguments passed to the function behave as the 
- extra arguments to <code>resume</code>. 
- Returns the same values returned by <code>resume</code>, 
- except the first boolean. 
- In case of error, propagates the error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Suspends the execution of the calling coroutine. 
- Any arguments to <code>yield</code> are passed as extra results to <code>resume</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.3 – <a name="6.3">Modules</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- The package library provides basic 
- facilities for loading modules in Lua. 
- It exports one function directly in the global environment: 
- <a href="#pdf-require"><code>require</code></a>. 
- Everything else is exported in a table <a name="pdf-package"><code>package</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-require"><code>require (modname)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Loads the given module. 
- The function starts by looking into the <a href="#pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded</code></a> table 
- to determine whether <code>modname</code> is already loaded. 
- If it is, then <code>require</code> returns the value stored 
- at <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. 
- Otherwise, it tries to find a <em>loader</em> for the module. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To find a loader, 
- <code>require</code> is guided by the <a href="#pdf-package.searchers"><code>package.searchers</code></a> sequence. 
- By changing this sequence, 
- we can change how <code>require</code> looks for a module. 
- The following explanation is based on the default configuration 
- for <a href="#pdf-package.searchers"><code>package.searchers</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- First <code>require</code> queries <code>package.preload[modname]</code>. 
- If it has a value, 
- this value (which should be a function) is the loader. 
- Otherwise <code>require</code> searches for a Lua loader using the 
- path stored in <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a>. 
- If that also fails, it searches for a C loader using the 
- path stored in <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a>. 
- If that also fails, 
- it tries an <em>all-in-one</em> loader (see <a href="#pdf-package.searchers"><code>package.searchers</code></a>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Once a loader is found, 
- <code>require</code> calls the loader with two arguments: 
- <code>modname</code> and an extra value dependent on how it got the loader. 
- (If the loader came from a file, 
- this extra value is the file name.) 
- If the loader returns any non-nil value, 
- <code>require</code> assigns the returned value to <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. 
- If the loader does not return a non-nil value and 
- has not assigned any value to <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>, 
- then <code>require</code> assigns <b>true</b> to this entry. 
- In any case, <code>require</code> returns the 
- final value of <code>package.loaded[modname]</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If there is any error loading or running the module, 
- or if it cannot find any loader for the module, 
- then <code>require</code> raises an error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-package.config"><code>package.config</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- A string describing some compile-time configurations for packages. 
- This string is a sequence of lines: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li>The first line is the directory separator string. 
- Default is '- < code- >\< /code- > ' for Windows and '- < code- > /- < /code- > ' for all other systems.</li>
 
-   
- <li>The second line is the character that separates templates in a path. 
-   
- <li>The third line is the string that marks the 
- substitution points in a template. 
-   
- <li>The fourth line is a string that, in a path in Windows, 
- is replaced by the executable's directory. 
- Default is  '<code>!</code>'- .< /li- > 
-   
- < li- >The fifth line is a mark to ignore all  text-  before it 
- when building the < code- >luaopen_< /code- > function  name- . 
- Default is  '<code>-</code>'- .< /li- > 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- The path used by < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > to search  for-  a C loader. 
-   
-   
- Lua initializes the C path < a href="#pdf-package.cpath"- >< code- >package.cpath< /code- >< /a- > in the same way 
- it initializes the Lua path < a href="#pdf-package.path"- >< code- >package.path< /code- >< /a- >, 
- using the environment variable < a name="pdf-LUA_CPATH_5_2"- >< code- >LUA_CPATH_5_2< /code- >< /a- > 
- or the environment variable < a name="pdf-LUA_CPATH"- >< code- >LUA_CPATH< /code- >< /a- > 
- or a default path defined in < code- >luaconf.h< /code- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- A table used by < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > to control which 
- modules are already loaded. 
- When you require a module < code- >modname< /code- > and 
- < code- >package.loaded [- modname ]- < /code- > is not false, 
- < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > simply returns the  value-  stored there. 
-   
-   
- This variable is only a reference to the real table; 
- assignments to this variable do not change the 
- table used by < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < hr- >< h3- >< a name="pdf-package.loadlib"- >< code- >package.loadlib  (- libname, funcname )- < /code- >< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
-   
- Dynamically links the host program with the C library < code- >libname< /code- >. 
-   
-   
- If < code- >funcname< /code- > is  "<code>*</code>"- , 
- then it only links with the library, 
- making the symbols exported by the library 
- available to other dynamically linked libraries. 
- Otherwise, 
- it looks  for-  a function < code- >funcname< /code- > inside the library 
- and returns this function as a C function. 
- So, < code- >funcname< /code- > must follow the < a href="#lua_CFunction"- >< code- >lua_CFunction< /code- >< /a- > prototype 
- (- see < a href="#lua_CFunction"- >< code- >lua_CFunction< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- This is a low-level function. 
- It completely bypasses the package and module system. 
- Unlike < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- >, 
- it does not perform any path searching and 
- does not automatically adds extensions. 
- < code- >libname< /code- > must be the complete file  name-  of the C library, 
- including if necessary a path and an extension. 
- < code- >funcname< /code- > must be the exact  name-  exported by the C library 
- (which may depend on the C compiler and linker used). 
-   
-   
- This function is not supported by Standard C. 
- As such, it is only available on some platforms 
- (Windows, Linux, Mac OS X, Solaris, BSD, 
- plus other Unix systems that support the < code- >dlfcn< /code- > standard )- . 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- The path used by < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > to search  for-  a Lua loader. 
-   
-   
- At start-up, Lua initializes this variable with 
- the  value-  of the environment variable < a name="pdf-LUA_PATH_5_2"- >< code- >LUA_PATH_5_2< /code- >< /a- > or 
- the environment variable < a name="pdf-LUA_PATH"- >< code- >LUA_PATH< /code- >< /a- > or 
- with a default path defined in < code- >luaconf.h< /code- >, 
- if those environment variables are not defined. 
- Any "<code>;;</code>" in the value of the environment variable 
- is replaced by the default path. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- A table to store loaders for specific modules 
- (- see < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > )- . 
 
-   
-   
- This variable is only a reference to the real table; 
- assignments to this variable do not change the 
- table used by < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- A table used by < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > to control how to load modules. 
-   
-   
- Each entry in this table is a < em- >searcher function< /em- >. 
- When looking for a module, 
- < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > calls each of these searchers in ascending order, 
- with the module  name (- the argument given to < a href="#pdf-require"- >< code- >require< /code- >< /a- > )-  as its 
- sole parameter. 
- The function can return another function  (- the module < em- >loader< /em- > )
- plus an extra value that will be passed to that loader, 
- or a string explaining why it did not find that module 
- (- or < b- >nil< /b- > if it has nothing to say )- . 
 
-   
-   
- Lua initializes this table with four searcher functions. 
-   
-   
- The first searcher simply looks for a loader in the 
- < a href="#pdf-package.preload"- >< code- >package.preload< /code- >< /a- > table. 
-   
-   
- The second searcher looks for a loader as a Lua library, 
- using the path stored at < a href="#pdf-package.path"- >< code- >package.path< /code- >< /a- >. 
- The search is done as described in function < a href="#pdf-package.searchpath"- >< code- >package.searchpath< /code- >< /a- >. 
-   
-   
- The third searcher looks for a loader as a C library, 
- using the path given by the variable < a href="#pdf-package.cpath"- >< code- >package.cpath< /code- >< /a- >. 
- Again, 
- the search is done as described in function < a href="#pdf-package.searchpath"- >< code- >package.searchpath< /code- >< /a- >. 
- For instance, 
- if the C path is the string 
-   
-      "./?.so;./?.dll;/usr/local/?/init.so" 
- the searcher  for-  module < code- >foo< /code- > 
- and < code- > /- usr /- local /- foo /- init.so< /code- >, in that order. 
- Once it finds a C library, 
- this searcher first uses a dynamic link facility to link the 
- application with the library. 
- Then it tries to find a C function inside the library to 
- be used as the loader. 
- The name of this C function is the string "<code>luaopen_</code>" 
- concatenated with a copy of the module name where each dot 
- is replaced by an underscore. 
- Moreover, if the module name has a hyphen, 
- its prefix up to (and including) the first hyphen is removed. 
- For-  instance, if the module  name-  is < code- >a.v1-b.c< /code- >, 
 
- the function  name-  will be < code- >luaopen_b_c< /code- >. 
-   
-   
- The fourth searcher tries an < em- >all-in-one loader< /em- >. 
- It searches the C path for a library for 
- the root name of the given module. 
- For-  instance, when requiring < code- >a.b.c< /code- >, 
 
- it will search  for-  a C library  for-  < code- >a< /code- >. 
- If found, it looks into it for an open function for 
- the submodule; 
- in our example, that would be < code- >luaopen_a_b_c< /code- >. 
- With this facility, a package can pack several C submodules 
- into one single library, 
- with each submodule keeping its original open function. 
-   
-   
- All searchers except the first one (preload) return as the extra value 
- the file name where the module was found, 
- as returned by < a href="#pdf-package.searchpath"- >< code- >package.searchpath< /code- >< /a- >. 
- The first searcher returns no extra value. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- < hr- >< h3- >< a name="pdf-package.searchpath"- >< code- >package.searchpath  (name- , path  [- , sep  [- , rep ]])- < /code- >< /a- >< /h3- > 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- A path is a string containing a sequence of 
- < em- >templates< /em- > separated by semicolons. 
- For each template, 
- the function replaces each interrogation mark (if any) 
- in the template with a copy of < code- >name< /code- > 
- wherein all occurrences of < code- >sep< /code- > 
- (a dot, by default) 
- (the system's directory separator, by default), 
- and then tries to open the resulting file name. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For instance, if the path is the string 
-   
- <pre> 
-      "./?.lua;./?.lc;/usr/local/?/init.lua" 
- </pre><p> 
- the search for the name <code>foo.a</code> 
- will try to open the files 
- <code>./foo/a.lua</code>, <code>./foo/a.lc</code>, and 
- <code>/usr/local/foo/a/init.lua</code>, in that order. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the resulting name of the first file that it can 
- open in read mode (after closing the file), 
- or <b>nil</b> plus an error message if none succeeds. 
- (This error message lists all file names it tried to open.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.4 – <a name="6.4">String Manipulation</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library provides generic functions for string manipulation, 
- such as finding and extracting substrings, and pattern matching. 
- When indexing a string in Lua, the first character is at position 1 
- (not at 0, as in C). 
- Indices are allowed to be negative and are interpreted as indexing backwards, 
- from the end of the string. 
- Thus, the last character is at position -1, and so on. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The string library provides all its functions inside the table 
- <a name="pdf-string"><code>string</code></a>. 
- It also sets a metatable for strings 
- where the <code>__index</code> field points to the <code>string</code> table. 
- Therefore, you can use the string functions in object-oriented style. 
- For instance, <code>string.byte(s,i)</code> 
- can be written as <code>s:byte(i)</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The string library assumes one-byte character encodings. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.byte"><code>string.byte (s [, i [, j]])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the internal numerical codes of the characters <code>s[i]</code>, 
- <code>s[i+1]</code>, ..., <code>s[j]</code>. 
- The default value for <code>i</code> is 1; 
- the default value for <code>j</code> is <code>i</code>. 
- These indices are corrected 
- following the same rules of function <a href="#pdf-string.sub"><code>string.sub</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.char"><code>string.char (···)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives zero or more integers. 
- Returns a string with length equal to the number of arguments, 
- in which each character has the internal numerical code equal 
- to its corresponding argument. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.dump"><code>string.dump (function)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a string containing a binary representation of the given function, 
- so that a later <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a> on this string returns 
- a copy of the function (but with new upvalues). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.find"><code>string.find (s, pattern [, init [, plain]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Looks for the first match of 
- <code>pattern</code> in the string <code>s</code>. 
- If it finds a match, then <code>find</code> returns the indices of <code>s</code> 
- where this occurrence starts and ends; 
- otherwise, it returns <b>nil</b>. 
- A third, optional numerical argument <code>init</code> specifies 
- where to start the search; 
- its default value is 1 and can be negative. 
- A value of <b>true</b> as a fourth, optional argument <code>plain</code> 
- turns off the pattern matching facilities, 
- so the function does a plain "find substring" operation, 
- with no characters in <code>pattern</code> being considered magic. 
- Note that if <code>plain</code> is given, then <code>init</code> must be given as well. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the pattern has captures, 
- then in a successful match 
- the captured values are also returned, 
- after the two indices. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.format"><code>string.format (formatstring, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a formatted version of its variable number of arguments 
- following the description given in its first argument (which must be a string). 
- The format string follows the same rules as the ISO C function <code>sprintf</code>. 
- The only differences are that the options/modifiers 
- <code>*</code>, <code>h</code>, <code>L</code>, <code>l</code>, <code>n</code>, 
- and <code>p</code> are not supported 
- and that there is an extra option, <code>q</code>. 
- The <code>q</code> option formats a string between double quotes, 
- using escape sequences when necessary to ensure that 
- it can safely be read back by the Lua interpreter. 
- For instance, the call 
-   
- <pre> 
-      string.format('%q', 'a string with "quotes" and \n new line') 
- </pre><p> 
- may produce the string: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      "a string with \"quotes\" and \ 
-       new line" 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- Options 
- <code>A</code> and <code>a</code> (when available), 
- <code>E</code>, <code>e</code>, <code>f</code>, 
- <code>G</code>, and <code>g</code> all expect a number as argument. 
- Options <code>c</code>, <code>d</code>, 
- <code>i</code>, <code>o</code>, <code>u</code>, <code>X</code>, and <code>x</code> 
- also expect a number, 
- but the range of that number may be limited by 
- the underlying C implementation. 
- For options <code>o</code>, <code>u</code>, <code>X</code>, and <code>x</code>, 
- the number cannot be negative. 
- Option <code>q</code> expects a string; 
- option <code>s</code> expects a string without embedded zeros. 
- If the argument to option <code>s</code> is not a string, 
- it is converted to one following the same rules of <a href="#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.gmatch"><code>string.gmatch (s, pattern)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns an iterator function that, 
- each time it is called, 
- returns the next captures from <code>pattern</code> over the string <code>s</code>. 
- If <code>pattern</code> specifies no captures, 
- then the whole match is produced in each call. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As an example, the following loop 
- will iterate over all the words from string <code>s</code>, 
- printing one per line: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      s = "hello world from Lua" 
-      for w in string.gmatch(s, "%a+") do 
-        print(w) 
-      end 
- </pre><p> 
- The next example collects all pairs <code>key=value</code> from the 
- given string into a table: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      t = {} 
-      s = "from=world, to=Lua" 
-      for k, v in string.gmatch(s, "(%w+)=(%w+)") do 
-        t[k] = v 
-      end 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- For this function, a caret '- < code- >^< /code- > ' at the start of a pattern does not
 
- work as an anchor, as this would prevent the iteration. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.gsub"><code>string.gsub (s, pattern, repl [, n])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns a copy of <code>s</code> 
- in which all (or the first <code>n</code>, if given) 
- occurrences of the <code>pattern</code> have been 
- replaced by a replacement string specified by <code>repl</code>, 
- which can be a string, a table, or a function. 
- <code>gsub</code> also returns, as its second value, 
- the total number of matches that occurred. 
- The name <code>gsub</code> comes from <em>Global SUBstitution</em>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>repl</code> is a string, then its value is used for replacement. 
- The character <code>%</code> works as an escape character: 
- any sequence in <code>repl</code> of the form <code>%<em>d</em></code>, 
- with <em>d</em> between 1 and 9, 
- stands for the value of the <em>d</em>-th captured substring. 
- The sequence <code>%0</code> stands for the whole match. 
- The sequence <code>%%</code> stands for a single <code>%</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>repl</code> is a table, then the table is queried for every match, 
- using the first capture as the key. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>repl</code> is a function, then this function is called every time a 
- match occurs, with all captured substrings passed as arguments, 
- in order. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In any case, 
- if the pattern specifies no captures, 
- then it behaves as if the whole pattern was inside a capture. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the value returned by the table query or by the function call 
- is a string or a number, 
- then it is used as the replacement string; 
- otherwise, if it is <b>false</b> or <b>nil</b>, 
- then there is no replacement 
- (that is, the original match is kept in the string). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Here are some examples: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      x = string.gsub("hello world", "(%w+)", "%1 %1") 
-      --> x="hello hello world world" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("hello world", "%w+", "%0 %0", 1) 
-      --> x="hello hello world" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("hello world from Lua", "(%w+)%s*(%w+)", "%2 %1") 
-      --> x="world hello Lua from" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("home = $HOME, user = $USER", "%$(%w+)", os.getenv) 
-      --> x="home = /home/roberto, user = roberto" 
-       
-      x = string.gsub("4+5 = $return 4+5$", "%$(.-)%$", function (s) 
-            return load(s)() 
-          end) 
-      --> x="4+5 = 9" 
-       
-      local t = {name="lua", version="5.2"} 
-      x = string.gsub("$name-$version.tar.gz", "%$(%w+)", t) 
-      --> x="lua-5.2.tar.gz" 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.len"><code>string.len (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives a string and returns its length. 
- The empty string <code>""</code> has length 0. 
- Embedded zeros are counted, 
- so <code>"a\000bc\000"</code> has length 5. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.lower"><code>string.lower (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all 
- uppercase letters changed to lowercase. 
- All other characters are left unchanged. 
- The definition of what an uppercase letter is depends on the current locale. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.match"><code>string.match (s, pattern [, init])</code></a></h3> 
- Looks for the first <em>match</em> of 
- <code>pattern</code> in the string <code>s</code>. 
- If it finds one, then <code>match</code> returns 
- the captures from the pattern; 
- otherwise it returns <b>nil</b>. 
- If <code>pattern</code> specifies no captures, 
- then the whole match is returned. 
- A third, optional numerical argument <code>init</code> specifies 
- where to start the search; 
- its default value is 1 and can be negative. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.rep"><code>string.rep (s, n [, sep])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns a string that is the concatenation of <code>n</code> copies of 
- the string <code>s</code> separated by the string <code>sep</code>. 
- The default value for <code>sep</code> is the empty string 
- (that is, no separator). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.reverse"><code>string.reverse (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Returns a string that is the string <code>s</code> reversed. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.sub"><code>string.sub (s, i [, j])</code></a></h3> 
- Returns the substring of <code>s</code> that 
- starts at <code>i</code>  and continues until <code>j</code>; 
- <code>i</code> and <code>j</code> can be negative. 
- If <code>j</code> is absent, then it is assumed to be equal to -1 
- (which is the same as the string length). 
- In particular, 
- the call <code>string.sub(s,1,j)</code> returns a prefix of <code>s</code> 
- with length <code>j</code>, 
- and <code>string.sub(s, -i)</code> returns a suffix of <code>s</code> 
- with length <code>i</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If, after the translation of negative indices, 
- <code>i</code> is less than 1, 
- it is corrected to 1. 
- If <code>j</code> is greater than the string length, 
- it is corrected to that length. 
- If, after these corrections, 
- <code>i</code> is greater than <code>j</code>, 
- the function returns the empty string. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-string.upper"><code>string.upper (s)</code></a></h3> 
- Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all 
- lowercase letters changed to uppercase. 
- All other characters are left unchanged. 
- The definition of what a lowercase letter is depends on the current locale. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h3>6.4.1 – <a name="6.4.1">Patterns</a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <h4>Character Class:</h4><p> 
- A <em>character class</em> is used to represent a set of characters. 
- The following combinations are allowed in describing a character class: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b><em>x</em>: </b> 
- (where <em>x</em> is not one of the <em>magic characters</em> 
- <code>^$()%.[]*+-?</code>) 
- represents the character <em>x</em> itself. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>.</code>: </b> (a dot) represents all characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%a</code>: </b> represents all letters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%c</code>: </b> represents all control characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%d</code>: </b> represents all digits.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%g</code>: </b> represents all printable characters except space.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%l</code>: </b> represents all lowercase letters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%p</code>: </b> represents all punctuation characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%s</code>: </b> represents all space characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%u</code>: </b> represents all uppercase letters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%w</code>: </b> represents all alphanumeric characters.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%x</code>: </b> represents all hexadecimal digits.</li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>%<em>x</em></code>: </b> (where <em>x</em> is any non-alphanumeric character) 
- represents the character <em>x</em>. 
- This is the standard way to escape the magic characters. 
- Any punctuation character (even the non magic) 
- when used to represent itself in a pattern. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>[<em>set</em>]</code>: </b> 
- represents the class which is the union of all 
- characters in <em>set</em>. 
- A range of characters can be specified by 
- separating the end characters of the range, 
- in ascending order, with a '- < code- >-< /code- > ',
 
- All classes <code>%</code><em>x</em> described above can also be used as 
- components in <em>set</em>. 
- All other characters in <em>set</em> represent themselves. 
- For example, <code>[%w_]</code> (or <code>[_%w]</code>) 
- represents all alphanumeric characters plus the underscore, 
- <code>[0-7]</code> represents the octal digits, 
- and <code>[0-7%l%-]</code> represents the octal digits plus 
- the lowercase letters plus the '- < code- >-< /code- > ' character.
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The interaction between ranges and classes is not defined. 
- Therefore, patterns like <code>[%a-z]</code> or <code>[a-%%]</code> 
- have no meaning. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><code>[^<em>set</em>]</code>: </b> 
- represents the complement of <em>set</em>, 
- where <em>set</em> is interpreted as above. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul><p> 
- For all classes represented by single letters (<code>%a</code>, <code>%c</code>, etc.), 
- the corresponding uppercase letter represents the complement of the class. 
- For instance, <code>%S</code> represents all non-space characters. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The definitions of letter, space, and other character groups 
- depend on the current locale. 
- In particular, the class <code>[a-z]</code> may not be equivalent to <code>%l</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h4>Pattern Item:</h4><p> 
- A <em>pattern item</em> can be 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class, 
- which matches any single character in the class; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >*< /code- > ',
 
- which matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class. 
- These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >+< /code- > ',
 
- which matches 1 or more repetitions of characters in the class. 
- These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >-< /code- > ',
 
- which also matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class. 
- these repetition items will always match the shortest possible sequence; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- a single character class followed by '- < code- >?< /code- > ',
 
- which matches 0 or 1 occurrence of a character in the class; 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code>%<em>n</em></code>, for <em>n</em> between 1 and 9; 
- such item matches a substring equal to the <em>n</em>-th captured string 
- (see below); 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code>%b<em>xy</em></code>, where <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> are two distinct characters; 
- such item matches strings that start with <em>x</em>, end with <em>y</em>, 
- and where the <em>x</em> and <em>y</em> are <em>balanced</em>. 
- This means that, if one reads the string from left to right, 
- counting <em>+1</em> for an <em>x</em> and <em>-1</em> for a <em>y</em>, 
- the ending <em>y</em> is the first <em>y</em> where the count reaches 0. 
- For instance, the item <code>%b()</code> matches expressions with 
- balanced parentheses. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code>%f[<em>set</em>]</code>, a <em>frontier pattern</em>; 
- such item matches an empty string at any position such that 
- the next character belongs to <em>set</em> 
- and the previous character does not belong to <em>set</em>. 
- The set <em>set</em> is interpreted as previously described. 
- The beginning and the end of the subject are handled as if 
- they were the character '- < code- >\ 0- < /code- > '.
 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h4>Pattern:</h4><p> 
- A <em>pattern</em> is a sequence of pattern items. 
- A caret '- < code- >^< /code- > ' at the beginning of a pattern anchors the match at the
 
- beginning of the subject string. 
- A '- < code- >$< /code- > ' at the end of a pattern anchors the match at the
 
- end of the subject string. 
- At other positions, 
- '- < code- >^< /code- > ' and '- < code- >$< /code- > ' have no special meaning and represent themselves.
 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h4>Captures:</h4><p> 
- A pattern can contain sub-patterns enclosed in parentheses; 
- they describe <em>captures</em>. 
- When a match succeeds, the substrings of the subject string 
- that match captures are stored (<em>captured</em>) for future use. 
- Captures are numbered according to their left parentheses. 
- For instance, in the pattern <code>"(a*(.)%w(%s*))"</code>, 
- the part of the string matching <code>"a*(.)%w(%s*)"</code> is 
- stored as the first capture (and therefore has number 1); 
- the character matching "<code>.</code>" is captured with number 2, 
- and the part matching "<code>%s*</code>" has number 3. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- As a special case, the empty capture <code>()</code> captures 
- the current string position (a number). 
- For instance, if we apply the pattern <code>"()aa()"</code> on the 
- string <code>"flaaap"</code>, there will be two captures: 3 and 5. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.5 – <a name="6.5">Table Manipulation</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library provides generic functions for table manipulation. 
- It provides all its functions inside the table <a name="pdf-table"><code>table</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Remember that, whenever an operation needs the length of a table, 
- the table should be a proper sequence 
- or have a <code>__len</code> metamethod (see <a href="#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a>). 
- All functions ignore non-numeric keys 
- in tables given as arguments. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For performance reasons, 
- all table accesses (get/set) performed by these functions are raw. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.concat"><code>table.concat (list [, sep [, i [, j]]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Given a list where all elements are strings or numbers, 
- returns the string <code>list[i]..sep..list[i+1] ··· sep..list[j]</code>. 
- The default value for <code>sep</code> is the empty string, 
- the default for <code>i</code> is 1, 
- and the default for <code>j</code> is <code>#list</code>. 
- If <code>i</code> is greater than <code>j</code>, returns the empty string. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.insert"><code>table.insert (list, [pos,] value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Inserts element <code>value</code> at position <code>pos</code> in <code>list</code>, 
- shifting up the elements 
- <code>list[pos], list[pos+1], ···, list[#list]</code>. 
- The default value for <code>pos</code> is <code>#list+1</code>, 
- so that a call <code>table.insert(t,x)</code> inserts <code>x</code> at the end 
- of list <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.pack"><code>table.pack (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a new table with all parameters stored into keys 1, 2, etc. 
- and with a field "<code>n</code>" with the total number of parameters. 
- Note that the resulting table may not be a sequence. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.remove"><code>table.remove (list [, pos])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Removes from <code>list</code> the element at position <code>pos</code>, 
- returning the value of the removed element. 
- When <code>pos</code> is an integer between 1 and <code>#list</code>, 
- it shifts down the elements 
- <code>list[pos+1], list[pos+2], ···, list[#list]</code> 
- and erases element <code>list[#list]</code>; 
- The index <code>pos</code> can also be 0 when <code>#list</code> is 0, 
- or <code>#list + 1</code>; 
- in those cases, the function erases the element <code>list[pos]</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The default value for <code>pos</code> is <code>#list</code>, 
- so that a call <code>table.remove(t)</code> removes the last element 
- of list <code>t</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.sort"><code>table.sort (list [, comp])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sorts list elements in a given order, <em>in-place</em>, 
- from <code>list[1]</code> to <code>list[#list]</code>. 
- If <code>comp</code> is given, 
- then it must be a function that receives two list elements 
- and returns true when the first element must come 
- before the second in the final order 
- (so that <code>not comp(list[i+1],list[i])</code> will be true after the sort). 
- If <code>comp</code> is not given, 
- then the standard Lua operator <code><</code> is used instead. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The sort algorithm is not stable; 
- that is, elements considered equal by the given order 
- may have their relative positions changed by the sort. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-table.unpack"><code>table.unpack (list [, i [, j]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the elements from the given table. 
- This function is equivalent to 
-   
- <pre> 
-      return list[i], list[i+1], ···, list[j] 
- </pre><p> 
- By default, <code>i</code> is 1 and <code>j</code> is <code>#list</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.6 – <a name="6.6">Mathematical Functions</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library is an interface to the standard C math library. 
- It provides all its functions inside the table <a name="pdf-math"><code>math</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.abs"><code>math.abs (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the absolute value of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.acos"><code>math.acos (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc cosine of <code>x</code> (in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.asin"><code>math.asin (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc sine of <code>x</code> (in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.atan"><code>math.atan (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc tangent of <code>x</code> (in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.atan2"><code>math.atan2 (y, x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the arc tangent of <code>y/x</code> (in radians), 
- but uses the signs of both parameters to find the 
- quadrant of the result. 
- (It also handles correctly the case of <code>x</code> being zero.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.ceil"><code>math.ceil (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the smallest integer larger than or equal to <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.cos"><code>math.cos (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the cosine of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.cosh"><code>math.cosh (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the hyperbolic cosine of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.deg"><code>math.deg (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the angle <code>x</code> (given in radians) in degrees. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.exp"><code>math.exp (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the value <em>e<sup>x</sup></em>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.floor"><code>math.floor (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the largest integer smaller than or equal to <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.fmod"><code>math.fmod (x, y)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the remainder of the division of <code>x</code> by <code>y</code> 
- that rounds the quotient towards zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.frexp"><code>math.frexp (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>m</code> and <code>e</code> such that <em>x = m2<sup>e</sup></em>, 
- <code>e</code> is an integer and the absolute value of <code>m</code> is 
- in the range <em>[0.5, 1)</em> 
- (or zero when <code>x</code> is zero). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.huge"><code>math.huge</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value <code>HUGE_VAL</code>, 
- a value larger than or equal to any other numerical value. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.ldexp"><code>math.ldexp (m, e)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <em>m2<sup>e</sup></em> (<code>e</code> should be an integer). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.log"><code>math.log (x [, base])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the logarithm of <code>x</code> in the given base. 
- The default for <code>base</code> is <em>e</em> 
- (so that the function returns the natural logarithm of <code>x</code>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.max"><code>math.max (x, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the maximum value among its arguments. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.min"><code>math.min (x, ···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the minimum value among its arguments. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.modf"><code>math.modf (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns two numbers, 
- the integral part of <code>x</code> and the fractional part of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.pi"><code>math.pi</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The value of <em>π</em>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.pow"><code>math.pow (x, y)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <em>x<sup>y</sup></em>. 
- (You can also use the expression <code>x^y</code> to compute this value.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.rad"><code>math.rad (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the angle <code>x</code> (given in degrees) in radians. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.random"><code>math.random ([m [, n]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is an interface to the simple 
- pseudo-random generator function <code>rand</code> provided by Standard C. 
- (No guarantees can be given for its statistical properties.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called without arguments, 
- returns a uniform pseudo-random real number 
- in the range <em>[0,1)</em>.   
- When called with an integer number <code>m</code>, 
- <code>math.random</code> returns 
- a uniform pseudo-random integer in the range <em>[1, m]</em>. 
- When called with two integer numbers <code>m</code> and <code>n</code>, 
- <code>math.random</code> returns a uniform pseudo-random 
- integer in the range <em>[m, n]</em>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.randomseed"><code>math.randomseed (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets <code>x</code> as the "seed" 
- for the pseudo-random generator: 
- equal seeds produce equal sequences of numbers. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sin"><code>math.sin (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the sine of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sinh"><code>math.sinh (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the hyperbolic sine of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.sqrt"><code>math.sqrt (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the square root of <code>x</code>. 
- (You can also use the expression <code>x^0.5</code> to compute this value.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.tan"><code>math.tan (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the tangent of <code>x</code> (assumed to be in radians). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-math.tanh"><code>math.tanh (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the hyperbolic tangent of <code>x</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.7 – <a name="6.7">Bitwise Operations</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library provides bitwise operations. 
- It provides all its functions inside the table <a name="pdf-bit32"><code>bit32</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Unless otherwise stated, 
- all functions accept numeric arguments in the range 
- <em>(-2<sup>51</sup>,+2<sup>51</sup>)</em>; 
- each argument is normalized to 
- the remainder of its division by <em>2<sup>32</sup></em> 
- and truncated to an integer (in some unspecified way), 
- so that its final value falls in the range <em>[0,2<sup>32</sup> - 1]</em>. 
- Similarly, all results are in the range <em>[0,2<sup>32</sup> - 1]</em>. 
- Note that <code>bit32.bnot(0)</code> is <code>0xFFFFFFFF</code>, 
- which is different from <code>-1</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.arshift"><code>bit32.arshift (x, disp)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the number <code>x</code> shifted <code>disp</code> bits to the right. 
- The number <code>disp</code> may be any representable integer. 
- Negative displacements shift to the left. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This shift operation is what is called arithmetic shift. 
- Vacant bits on the left are filled 
- with copies of the higher bit of <code>x</code>; 
- vacant bits on the right are filled with zeros. 
- In particular, 
- displacements with absolute values higher than 31 
- result in zero or <code>0xFFFFFFFF</code> (all original bits are shifted out). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.band"><code>bit32.band (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the bitwise <em>and</em> of its operands. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.bnot"><code>bit32.bnot (x)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the bitwise negation of <code>x</code>. 
- For any integer <code>x</code>, 
- the following identity holds: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      assert(bit32.bnot(x) == (-1 - x) % 2^32) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.bor"><code>bit32.bor (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the bitwise <em>or</em> of its operands. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.btest"><code>bit32.btest (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a boolean signaling 
- whether the bitwise <em>and</em> of its operands is different from zero. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.bxor"><code>bit32.bxor (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the bitwise <em>exclusive or</em> of its operands. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.extract"><code>bit32.extract (n, field [, width])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the unsigned number formed by the bits 
- <code>field</code> to <code>field + width - 1</code> from <code>n</code>. 
- Bits are numbered from 0 (least significant) to 31 (most significant). 
- All accessed bits must be in the range <em>[0, 31]</em>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The default for <code>width</code> is 1. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.replace"><code>bit32.replace (n, v, field [, width])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a copy of <code>n</code> with 
- the bits <code>field</code> to <code>field + width - 1</code> 
- replaced by the value <code>v</code>. 
- See <a href="#pdf-bit32.extract"><code>bit32.extract</code></a> for details about <code>field</code> and <code>width</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.lrotate"><code>bit32.lrotate (x, disp)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the number <code>x</code> rotated <code>disp</code> bits to the left. 
- The number <code>disp</code> may be any representable integer. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For any valid displacement, 
- the following identity holds: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      assert(bit32.lrotate(x, disp) == bit32.lrotate(x, disp % 32)) 
- </pre><p> 
- In particular, 
- negative displacements rotate to the right. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.lshift"><code>bit32.lshift (x, disp)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the number <code>x</code> shifted <code>disp</code> bits to the left. 
- The number <code>disp</code> may be any representable integer. 
- Negative displacements shift to the right. 
- In any direction, vacant bits are filled with zeros. 
- In particular, 
- displacements with absolute values higher than 31 
- result in zero (all bits are shifted out). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For positive displacements, 
- the following equality holds: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      assert(bit32.lshift(b, disp) == (b * 2^disp) % 2^32) 
- </pre> 
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.rrotate"><code>bit32.rrotate (x, disp)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the number <code>x</code> rotated <code>disp</code> bits to the right. 
- The number <code>disp</code> may be any representable integer. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For any valid displacement, 
- the following identity holds: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      assert(bit32.rrotate(x, disp) == bit32.rrotate(x, disp % 32)) 
- </pre><p> 
- In particular, 
- negative displacements rotate to the left. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-bit32.rshift"><code>bit32.rshift (x, disp)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the number <code>x</code> shifted <code>disp</code> bits to the right. 
- The number <code>disp</code> may be any representable integer. 
- Negative displacements shift to the left. 
- In any direction, vacant bits are filled with zeros. 
- In particular, 
- displacements with absolute values higher than 31 
- result in zero (all bits are shifted out). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For positive displacements, 
- the following equality holds: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      assert(bit32.rshift(b, disp) == math.floor(b % 2^32 / 2^disp)) 
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
- This shift operation is what is called logical shift. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.8 – <a name="6.8">Input and Output Facilities</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- The I/O library provides two different styles for file manipulation. 
- The first one uses implicit file descriptors; 
- that is, there are operations to set a default input file and a 
- default output file, 
- and all input/output operations are over these default files. 
- The second style uses explicit file descriptors. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When using implicit file descriptors, 
- all operations are supplied by table <a name="pdf-io"><code>io</code></a>. 
- When using explicit file descriptors, 
- the operation <a href="#pdf-io.open"><code>io.open</code></a> returns a file descriptor 
- and then all operations are supplied as methods of the file descriptor. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The table <code>io</code> also provides 
- three predefined file descriptors with their usual meanings from C: 
- <a name="pdf-io.stdin"><code>io.stdin</code></a>, <a name="pdf-io.stdout"><code>io.stdout</code></a>, and <a name="pdf-io.stderr"><code>io.stderr</code></a>. 
- The I/O library never closes these files. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Unless otherwise stated, 
- all I/O functions return <b>nil</b> on failure 
- (plus an error message as a second result and 
- a system-dependent error code as a third result) 
- and some value different from <b>nil</b> on success. 
- On non-Posix systems, 
- the computation of the error message and error code 
- in case of errors 
- may be not thread safe, 
- because they rely on the global C variable <code>errno</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.close"><code>io.close ([file])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>file:close()</code>. 
- Without a <code>file</code>, closes the default output file. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>io.output():flush()</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.input"><code>io.input ([file])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called with a file name, it opens the named file (in text mode), 
- and sets its handle as the default input file. 
- When called with a file handle, 
- it simply sets this file handle as the default input file. 
- When called without parameters, 
- it returns the current default input file. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In case of errors this function raises the error, 
- instead of returning an error code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines ([filename ···])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Opens the given file name in read mode 
- and returns an iterator function that 
- works like <code>file:lines(···)</code> over the opened file. 
- When the iterator function detects the end of file, 
- it returns <b>nil</b> (to finish the loop) and automatically closes the file. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The call <code>io.lines()</code> (with no file name) is equivalent 
- to <code>io.input():lines()</code>; 
- that is, it iterates over the lines of the default input file. 
- In this case it does not close the file when the loop ends. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In case of errors this function raises the error, 
- instead of returning an error code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.open"><code>io.open (filename [, mode])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function opens a file, 
- in the mode specified in the string <code>mode</code>. 
- It returns a new file handle, 
- or, in case of errors, <b>nil</b> plus an error message. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The <code>mode</code> string can be any of the following: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b>"<code>r</code>": </b> read mode (the default);</li> 
- <li><b>"<code>w</code>": </b> write mode;</li> 
- <li><b>"<code>a</code>": </b> append mode;</li> 
- <li><b>"<code>r+</code>": </b> update mode, all previous data is preserved;</li> 
- <li><b>"<code>w+</code>": </b> update mode, all previous data is erased;</li> 
- <li><b>"<code>a+</code>": </b> append update mode, previous data is preserved, 
-   writing is only allowed at the end of file.</li> 
- </ul><p> 
- The <code>mode</code> string can also have a '- < code- >b< /code- > ' at the end,
 
- which is needed in some systems to open the file in binary mode. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.output"><code>io.output ([file])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Similar to <a href="#pdf-io.input"><code>io.input</code></a>, but operates over the default output file. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.popen"><code>io.popen (prog [, mode])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is system dependent and is not available 
- on all platforms. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Starts program <code>prog</code> in a separated process and returns 
- a file handle that you can use to read data from this program 
- (if <code>mode</code> is <code>"r"</code>, the default) 
- or to write data to this program 
- (if <code>mode</code> is <code>"w"</code>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.read"><code>io.read (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>io.input():read(···)</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a handle for a temporary file. 
- This file is opened in update mode 
- and it is automatically removed when the program ends. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.type"><code>io.type (obj)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Checks whether <code>obj</code> is a valid file handle. 
- Returns the string <code>"file"</code> if <code>obj</code> is an open file handle, 
- <code>"closed file"</code> if <code>obj</code> is a closed file handle, 
- or <b>nil</b> if <code>obj</code> is not a file handle. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-io.write"><code>io.write (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Equivalent to <code>io.output():write(···)</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:close"><code>file:close ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Closes <code>file</code>. 
- Note that files are automatically closed when 
- their handles are garbage collected, 
- but that takes an unpredictable amount of time to happen. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When closing a file handle created with <a href="#pdf-io.popen"><code>io.popen</code></a>, 
- <a href="#pdf-file:close"><code>file:close</code></a> returns the same values 
- returned by <a href="#pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:flush"><code>file:flush ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Saves any written data to <code>file</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:lines"><code>file:lines (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns an iterator function that, 
- each time it is called, 
- reads the file according to the given formats. 
- When no format is given, 
- uses "*l" as a default. 
- As an example, the construction 
-   
- <pre> 
-      for c in file:lines(1) do <em>body</em> end 
- </pre><p> 
- will iterate over all characters of the file, 
- starting at the current position. 
- Unlike <a href="#pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines</code></a>, this function does not close the file 
- when the loop ends. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In case of errors this function raises the error, 
- instead of returning an error code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:read"><code>file:read (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Reads the file <code>file</code>, 
- according to the given formats, which specify what to read. 
- For each format, 
- the function returns a string (or a number) with the characters read, 
- or <b>nil</b> if it cannot read data with the specified format. 
- When called without formats, 
- it uses a default format that reads the next line 
- (see below). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The available formats are 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>*n</code>": </b> 
- reads a number; 
- this is the only format that returns a number instead of a string. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>*a</code>": </b> 
- reads the whole file, starting at the current position. 
- On end of file, it returns the empty string. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>*l</code>": </b> 
- reads the next line skipping the end of line, 
- returning <b>nil</b> on end of file. 
- This is the default format. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>*L</code>": </b> 
- reads the next line keeping the end of line (if present), 
- returning <b>nil</b> on end of file. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b><em>number</em>: </b> 
- reads a string with up to this number of bytes, 
- returning <b>nil</b> on end of file. 
- If number is zero, 
- it reads nothing and returns an empty string, 
- or <b>nil</b> on end of file. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:seek"><code>file:seek ([whence [, offset]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets and gets the file position, 
- measured from the beginning of the file, 
- to the position given by <code>offset</code> plus a base 
- specified by the string <code>whence</code>, as follows: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b>"<code>set</code>": </b> base is position 0 (beginning of the file);</li> 
- <li><b>"<code>cur</code>": </b> base is current position;</li> 
- <li><b>"<code>end</code>": </b> base is end of file;</li> 
- </ul><p> 
- In case of success, <code>seek</code> returns the final file position, 
- measured in bytes from the beginning of the file. 
- If <code>seek</code> fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, 
- plus a string describing the error. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The default value for <code>whence</code> is <code>"cur"</code>, 
- and for <code>offset</code> is 0. 
- Therefore, the call <code>file:seek()</code> returns the current 
- file position, without changing it; 
- the call <code>file:seek("set")</code> sets the position to the 
- beginning of the file (and returns 0); 
- and the call <code>file:seek("end")</code> sets the position to the 
- end of the file, and returns its size. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:setvbuf"><code>file:setvbuf (mode [, size])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the buffering mode for an output file. 
- There are three available modes: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>no</code>": </b> 
- no buffering; the result of any output operation appears immediately. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>full</code>": </b> 
- full buffering; output operation is performed only 
- when the buffer is full or when 
- you explicitly <code>flush</code> the file (see <a href="#pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush</code></a>). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>line</code>": </b> 
- line buffering; output is buffered until a newline is output 
- or there is any input from some special files 
- (such as a terminal device). 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul><p> 
- For the last two cases, <code>size</code> 
- specifies the size of the buffer, in bytes. 
- The default is an appropriate size. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-file:write"><code>file:write (···)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Writes the value of each of its arguments to <code>file</code>. 
- The arguments must be strings or numbers. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In case of success, this function returns <code>file</code>. 
- Otherwise it returns <b>nil</b> plus a string describing the error. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.9 – <a name="6.9">Operating System Facilities</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library is implemented through table <a name="pdf-os"><code>os</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.clock"><code>os.clock ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns an approximation of the amount in seconds of CPU time 
- used by the program. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.date"><code>os.date ([format [, time]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a string or a table containing date and time, 
- formatted according to the given string <code>format</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the <code>time</code> argument is present, 
- this is the time to be formatted 
- (see the <a href="#pdf-os.time"><code>os.time</code></a> function for a description of this value). 
- Otherwise, <code>date</code> formats the current time. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>format</code> starts with '- < code- >!< /code- > ',
 
- then the date is formatted in Coordinated Universal Time. 
- After this optional character, 
- if <code>format</code> is the string "<code>*t</code>", 
- then <code>date</code> returns a table with the following fields: 
- <code>year</code> (four digits), <code>month</code> (1–12), <code>day</code> (1–31), 
- <code>hour</code> (0–23), <code>min</code> (0–59), <code>sec</code> (0–61), 
- <code>wday</code> (weekday, Sunday is 1), 
- <code>yday</code> (day of the year), 
- and <code>isdst</code> (daylight saving flag, a boolean). 
- This last field may be absent 
- if the information is not available. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>format</code> is not "<code>*t</code>", 
- then <code>date</code> returns the date as a string, 
- formatted according to the same rules as the ISO C function <code>strftime</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called without arguments, 
- <code>date</code> returns a reasonable date and time representation that depends on 
- the host system and on the current locale 
- (that is, <code>os.date()</code> is equivalent to <code>os.date("%c")</code>). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- On non-Posix systems, 
- this function may be not thread safe 
- because of its reliance on C function <code>gmtime</code> and C function <code>localtime</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.difftime"><code>os.difftime (t2, t1)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the number of seconds from time <code>t1</code> to time <code>t2</code>. 
- In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems, 
- this value is exactly <code>t2</code><em>-</em><code>t1</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute ([command])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function is equivalent to the ISO C function <code>system</code>. 
- It passes <code>command</code> to be executed by an operating system shell. 
- Its first result is <b>true</b> 
- if the command terminated successfully, 
- or <b>nil</b> otherwise. 
- After this first result 
- the function returns a string and a number, 
- as follows: 
-   
- <ul> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>exit</code>": </b> 
- the command terminated normally; 
- the following number is the exit status of the command. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li><b>"<code>signal</code>": </b> 
- the command was terminated by a signal; 
- the following number is the signal that terminated the command. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
- <p> 
- When called without a <code>command</code>, 
- <code>os.execute</code> returns a boolean that is true if a shell is available. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.exit"><code>os.exit ([code [, close])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Calls the ISO C function <code>exit</code> to terminate the host program. 
- If <code>code</code> is <b>true</b>, 
- the returned status is <code>EXIT_SUCCESS</code>; 
- if <code>code</code> is <b>false</b>, 
- the returned status is <code>EXIT_FAILURE</code>; 
- if <code>code</code> is a number, 
- the returned status is this number. 
- The default value for <code>code</code> is <b>true</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If the optional second argument <code>close</code> is true, 
- closes the Lua state before exiting. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.getenv"><code>os.getenv (varname)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the value of the process environment variable <code>varname</code>, 
- or <b>nil</b> if the variable is not defined. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.remove"><code>os.remove (filename)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Deletes the file (or empty directory, on POSIX systems) 
- with the given name. 
- If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, 
- plus a string describing the error and the error code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.rename"><code>os.rename (oldname, newname)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Renames file or directory named <code>oldname</code> to <code>newname</code>. 
- If this function fails, it returns <b>nil</b>, 
- plus a string describing the error and the error code. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.setlocale"><code>os.setlocale (locale [, category])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the current locale of the program. 
- <code>locale</code> is a system-dependent string specifying a locale; 
- <code>category</code> is an optional string describing which category to change: 
- <code>"all"</code>, <code>"collate"</code>, <code>"ctype"</code>, 
- <code>"monetary"</code>, <code>"numeric"</code>, or <code>"time"</code>; 
- the default category is <code>"all"</code>. 
- The function returns the name of the new locale, 
- or <b>nil</b> if the request cannot be honored. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>locale</code> is the empty string, 
- the current locale is set to an implementation-defined native locale. 
- If <code>locale</code> is the string "<code>C</code>", 
- the current locale is set to the standard C locale. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called with <b>nil</b> as the first argument, 
- this function only returns the name of the current locale 
- for the given category. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function may be not thread safe 
- because of its reliance on C function <code>setlocale</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.time"><code>os.time ([table])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the current time when called without arguments, 
- or a time representing the date and time specified by the given table. 
- This table must have fields <code>year</code>, <code>month</code>, and <code>day</code>, 
- and may have fields 
- <code>hour</code> (default is 12), 
- <code>min</code> (default is 0), 
- <code>sec</code> (default is 0), 
- and <code>isdst</code> (default is <b>nil</b>). 
- For a description of these fields, see the <a href="#pdf-os.date"><code>os.date</code></a> function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The returned value is a number, whose meaning depends on your system. 
- In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems, 
- this number counts the number 
- of seconds since some given start time (the "epoch"). 
- In other systems, the meaning is not specified, 
- and the number returned by <code>time</code> can be used only as an argument to 
- <a href="#pdf-os.date"><code>os.date</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-os.difftime"><code>os.difftime</code></a>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-os.tmpname"><code>os.tmpname ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a string with a file name that can 
- be used for a temporary file. 
- The file must be explicitly opened before its use 
- and explicitly removed when no longer needed. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- On POSIX systems, 
- this function also creates a file with that name, 
- to avoid security risks. 
- (Someone else might create the file with wrong permissions 
- in the time between getting the name and creating the file.) 
- You still have to open the file to use it 
- and to remove it (even if you do not use it). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When possible, 
- you may prefer to use <a href="#pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile</code></a>, 
- which automatically removes the file when the program ends. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>6.10 – <a name="6.10">The Debug Library</a></h2> 
-   
- <p> 
- This library provides 
- the functionality of the debug interface (<a href="#4.9">§4.9</a>) to Lua programs. 
- You should exert care when using this library. 
- Several of its functions 
- violate basic assumptions about Lua code 
- (e.g., that variables local to a function 
- cannot be accessed from outside; 
- that userdata metatables cannot be changed by Lua code; 
- that Lua programs do not crash) 
- and therefore can compromise otherwise secure code. 
- Moreover, some functions in this library may be slow. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- All functions in this library are provided 
- inside the <a name="pdf-debug"><code>debug</code></a> table. 
- All functions that operate over a thread 
- have an optional first argument which is the 
- thread to operate over. 
- The default is always the current thread. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.debug"><code>debug.debug ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Enters an interactive mode with the user, 
- running each string that the user enters. 
- Using simple commands and other debug facilities, 
- the user can inspect global and local variables, 
- change their values, evaluate expressions, and so on. 
- A line containing only the word <code>cont</code> finishes this function, 
- so that the caller continues its execution. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Note that commands for <code>debug.debug</code> are not lexically nested 
- within any function and so have no direct access to local variables. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.gethook"><code>debug.gethook ([thread])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the current hook settings of the thread, as three values: 
- the current hook function, the current hook mask, 
- and the current hook count 
- (as set by the <a href="#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook</code></a> function). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo ([thread,] f [, what])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns a table with information about a function. 
- You can give the function directly 
- or you can give a number as the value of <code>f</code>, 
- which means the function running at level <code>f</code> of the call stack 
- of the given thread: 
- level 0 is the current function (<code>getinfo</code> itself); 
- level 1 is the function that called <code>getinfo</code> 
- (except for tail calls, which do not count on the stack); 
- and so on. 
- If <code>f</code> is a number larger than the number of active functions, 
- then <code>getinfo</code> returns <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The returned table can contain all the fields returned by <a href="#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo</code></a>, 
- with the string <code>what</code> describing which fields to fill in. 
- The default for <code>what</code> is to get all information available, 
- except the table of valid lines. 
- If present, 
- adds a field named <code>func</code> with the function itself. 
- If present, 
- adds a field named <code>activelines</code> with the table of 
- valid lines. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- For instance, the expression <code>debug.getinfo(1,"n").name</code> returns 
- a table with a name for the current function, 
- if a reasonable name can be found, 
- and the expression <code>debug.getinfo(print)</code> 
- returns a table with all available information 
- about the <a href="#pdf-print"><code>print</code></a> function. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getlocal"><code>debug.getlocal ([thread,] f, local)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the name and the value of the local variable 
- with index <code>local</code> of the function at level <code>f</code> of the stack. 
- This function accesses not only explicit local variables, 
- but also parameters, temporaries, etc. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The first parameter or local variable has index 1, and so on, 
- until the last active variable. 
- Negative indices refer to vararg parameters; 
- -1 is the first vararg parameter. 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no variable with the given index, 
- and raises an error when called with a level out of range. 
- (You can call <a href="#pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo</code></a> to check whether the level is valid.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Variable names starting with '- < code- > (- < /code- > ' (open parenthesis)
 
- represent internal variables 
- (loop control variables, temporaries, varargs, and C function locals). 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- The parameter <code>f</code> may also be a function. 
- In that case, <code>getlocal</code> returns only the name of function parameters. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getmetatable"><code>debug.getmetatable (value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the metatable of the given <code>value</code> 
- or <b>nil</b> if it does not have a metatable. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getregistry"><code>debug.getregistry ()</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the registry table (see <a href="#4.5">§4.5</a>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getupvalue"><code>debug.getupvalue (f, up)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function returns the name and the value of the upvalue 
- with index <code>up</code> of the function <code>f</code>. 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no upvalue with the given index. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.getuservalue"><code>debug.getuservalue (u)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns the Lua value associated to <code>u</code>. 
- If <code>u</code> is not a userdata, 
- returns <b>nil</b>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook ([thread,] hook, mask [, count])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the given function as a hook. 
- The string <code>mask</code> and the number <code>count</code> describe 
- when the hook will be called. 
- The string mask may have any combination of the following characters, 
- with the given meaning: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b>'- < code- >c< /code- > ': </b> the hook is called every time Lua calls a function;</li>
 
- <li><b>'- < code- >r< /code- > ': </b> the hook is called every time Lua returns from a function;</li>
 
- <li><b>'- < code- >l< /code- > ': </b> the hook is called every time Lua enters a new line of code.</li>
 
- </ul><p> 
- Moreover, 
- with a <code>count</code> different from zero, 
- the hook is called also after every <code>count</code> instructions. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called without arguments, 
- <a href="#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook</code></a> turns off the hook. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When the hook is called, its first parameter is a string 
- describing the event that has triggered its call: 
- <code>"call"</code> (or <code>"tail call"</code>), 
- <code>"return"</code>, 
- <code>"line"</code>, and <code>"count"</code>. 
- For line events, 
- the hook also gets the new line number as its second parameter. 
- Inside a hook, 
- you can call <code>getinfo</code> with level 2 to get more information about 
- the running function 
- (level 0 is the <code>getinfo</code> function, 
- and level 1 is the hook function). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setlocal"><code>debug.setlocal ([thread,] level, local, value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function assigns the value <code>value</code> to the local variable 
- with index <code>local</code> of the function at level <code>level</code> of the stack. 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no local 
- variable with the given index, 
- and raises an error when called with a <code>level</code> out of range. 
- (You can call <code>getinfo</code> to check whether the level is valid.) 
- Otherwise, it returns the name of the local variable. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- See <a href="#pdf-debug.getlocal"><code>debug.getlocal</code></a> for more information about 
- variable indices and names. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setmetatable"><code>debug.setmetatable (value, table)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the metatable for the given <code>value</code> to the given <code>table</code> 
- (which can be <b>nil</b>). 
- Returns <code>value</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setupvalue"><code>debug.setupvalue (f, up, value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- This function assigns the value <code>value</code> to the upvalue 
- with index <code>up</code> of the function <code>f</code>. 
- The function returns <b>nil</b> if there is no upvalue 
- with the given index. 
- Otherwise, it returns the name of the upvalue. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.setuservalue"><code>debug.setuservalue (udata, value)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Sets the given <code>value</code> as 
- the Lua value associated to the given <code>udata</code>. 
- <code>value</code> must be a table or <b>nil</b>; 
- <code>udata</code> must be a full userdata. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns <code>udata</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.traceback"><code>debug.traceback ([thread,] [message [, level]])</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- If <code>message</code> is present but is neither a string nor <b>nil</b>, 
- this function returns <code>message</code> without further processing. 
- Otherwise, 
- it returns a string with a traceback of the call stack. 
- An optional <code>message</code> string is appended 
- at the beginning of the traceback. 
- An optional <code>level</code> number tells at which level 
- to start the traceback 
- (default is 1, the function calling <code>traceback</code>). 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.upvalueid"><code>debug.upvalueid (f, n)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Returns an unique identifier (as a light userdata) 
- for the upvalue numbered <code>n</code> 
- from the given function. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- These unique identifiers allow a program to check whether different 
- closures share upvalues. 
- Lua closures that share an upvalue 
- (that is, that access a same external local variable) 
- will return identical ids for those upvalue indices. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <p> 
- <hr><h3><a name="pdf-debug.upvaluejoin"><code>debug.upvaluejoin (f1, n1, f2, n2)</code></a></h3> 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Make the <code>n1</code>-th upvalue of the Lua closure <code>f1</code> 
- refer to the <code>n2</code>-th upvalue of the Lua closure <code>f2</code>. 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>7 – <a name="7">Lua Standalone</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- Although Lua has been designed as an extension language, 
- to be embedded in a host C program, 
- it is also frequently used as a standalone language. 
- An interpreter for Lua as a standalone language, 
- called simply <code>lua</code>, 
- is provided with the standard distribution. 
- The standalone interpreter includes 
- all standard libraries, including the debug library. 
- Its usage is: 
-   
- <pre> 
-      lua [options] [script [args]] 
- </pre><p> 
- The options are: 
-   
- <ul> 
- <li><b><code>-e <em>stat</em></code>: </b> executes string <em>stat</em>;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-l <em>mod</em></code>: </b> "requires" <em>mod</em>;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-i</code>: </b> enters interactive mode after running <em>script</em>;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-v</code>: </b> prints version information;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-E</code>: </b> ignores environment variables;</li> 
- <li><b><code>--</code>: </b> stops handling options;</li> 
- <li><b><code>-</code>: </b> executes <code>stdin</code> as a file and stops handling options.</li> 
- </ul><p> 
- After handling its options, <code>lua</code> runs the given <em>script</em>, 
- passing to it the given <em>args</em> as string arguments. 
- When called without arguments, 
- <code>lua</code> behaves as <code>lua -v -i</code> 
- when the standard input (<code>stdin</code>) is a terminal, 
- and as <code>lua -</code> otherwise. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called without option <code>-E</code>,  
- the interpreter checks for an environment variable <a name="pdf-LUA_INIT_5_2"><code>LUA_INIT_5_2</code></a> 
- (or <a name="pdf-LUA_INIT"><code>LUA_INIT</code></a> if it is not defined) 
- before running any argument. 
- If the variable content has the format <code>@<em>filename</em></code>, 
- then <code>lua</code> executes the file. 
- Otherwise, <code>lua</code> executes the string itself. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When called with option <code>-E</code>, 
- besides ignoring <code>LUA_INIT</code>, 
- Lua also ignores 
- the values of <code>LUA_PATH</code> and <code>LUA_CPATH</code>, 
- setting the values of 
- <a href="#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath</code></a> 
- with the default paths defined in <code>luaconf.h</code>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- All options are handled in order, except <code>-i</code> and <code>-E</code>. 
- For instance, an invocation like 
-   
- <pre> 
-      $ lua -e'a=1' -e 'print(a)' script.lua 
- </pre><p> 
- will first set <code>a</code> to 1, then print the value of <code>a</code>, 
- and finally run the file <code>script.lua</code> with no arguments. 
- (Here <code>$</code> is the shell prompt. Your prompt may be different.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- Before starting to run the script, 
- <code>lua</code> collects all arguments in the command line 
- in a global table called <code>arg</code>. 
- The script name is stored at index 0, 
- the first argument after the script name goes to index 1, 
- and so on. 
- Any arguments before the script name 
- (that is, the interpreter name plus the options) 
- go to negative indices. 
- For instance, in the call 
-   
- <pre> 
-      $ lua -la b.lua t1 t2 
- </pre><p> 
- the interpreter first runs the file <code>a.lua</code>, 
- then creates a table 
-   
- <pre> 
-      arg = { [-2] = "lua", [-1] = "-la", 
-              [0] = "b.lua", 
-              [1] = "t1", [2] = "t2" } 
- </pre><p> 
- and finally runs the file <code>b.lua</code>. 
- The script is called with <code>arg[1]</code>, <code>arg[2]</code>, ... 
- as arguments; 
- it can also access these arguments with the vararg expression '- < code- >...< /code- > '.
 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In interactive mode, 
- if you write an incomplete statement, 
- the interpreter waits for its completion 
- by issuing a different prompt. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- In case of unprotected errors in the script, 
- the interpreter reports the error to the standard error stream. 
- If the error object is a string, 
- the interpreter adds a stack traceback to it. 
- Otherwise, if the error object has a metamethod <code>__tostring</code>, 
- the interpreter calls this metamethod to produce the final message. 
- Finally, if the error object is <b>nil</b>, 
- the interpreter does not report the error. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- When finishing normally, 
- the interpreter closes its main Lua state 
- (see <a href="#lua_close"><code>lua_close</code></a>). 
- The script can avoid this step by 
- calling <a href="#pdf-os.exit"><code>os.exit</code></a> to terminate. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To allow the use of Lua as a 
- script interpreter in Unix systems, 
- the standalone interpreter skips 
- the first line of a chunk if it starts with <code>#</code>. 
- Therefore, Lua scripts can be made into executable programs 
- by using <code>chmod +x</code> and the <code>#!</code> form, 
- as in 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #!/usr/local/bin/lua 
- </pre><p> 
- (Of course, 
- the location of the Lua interpreter may be different in your machine. 
- If <code>lua</code> is in your <code>PATH</code>, 
- then 
-   
- <pre> 
-      #!/usr/bin/env lua 
- </pre><p> 
- is a more portable solution.) 
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>8 – <a name="8">Incompatibilities with the Previous Version</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- Here we list the incompatibilities that you may find when moving a program 
- from Lua 5.1 to Lua 5.2. 
- You can avoid some incompatibilities by compiling Lua with 
- appropriate options (see file <code>luaconf.h</code>). 
- However, 
- all these compatibility options will be removed in the next version of Lua. 
- Similarly, 
- all features marked as deprecated in Lua 5.1 
- have been removed in Lua 5.2. 
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>8.1 – <a name="8.1">Changes in the Language</a></h2> 
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- The concept of <em>environment</em> changed. 
- Only Lua functions have environments. 
- To set the environment of a Lua function, 
- use the variable <code>_ENV</code> or the function <a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a>. 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- C functions no longer have environments. 
- Use an upvalue with a shared table if you need to keep 
- shared state among several C functions. 
- (You may use <a href="#luaL_setfuncs"><code>luaL_setfuncs</code></a> to open a C library 
- with all functions sharing a common upvalue.) 
-   
-   
- <p> 
- To manipulate the "environment" of a userdata 
- (which is now called user value), 
- use the new functions 
- <a href="#lua_getuservalue"><code>lua_getuservalue</code></a> and <a href="#lua_setuservalue"><code>lua_setuservalue</code></a>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Lua identifiers cannot use locale-dependent letters. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Doing a step or a full collection in the garbage collector 
- does not restart the collector if it has been stopped. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Weak tables with weak keys now perform like <em>ephemeron tables</em>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The event <em>tail return</em> in debug hooks was removed. 
- Instead, tail calls generate a special new event, 
- <em>tail call</em>, so that the debugger can know that 
- there will not be a corresponding return event. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Equality between function values has changed. 
- Now, a function definition may not create a new value; 
- it may reuse some previous value if there is no 
- observable difference to the new function. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>8.2 – <a name="8.2">Changes in the Libraries</a></h2> 
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>module</code> is deprecated. 
- It is easy to set up a module with regular Lua code. 
- Modules are not expected to set global variables. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Functions <code>setfenv</code> and <code>getfenv</code> were removed, 
- because of the changes in environments. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>math.log10</code> is deprecated. 
- Use <a href="#pdf-math.log"><code>math.log</code></a> with 10 as its second argument, instead. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>loadstring</code> is deprecated. 
- Use <code>load</code> instead; it now accepts string arguments 
- and are exactly equivalent to <code>loadstring</code>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>table.maxn</code> is deprecated. 
- Write it in Lua if you really need it. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>os.execute</code> now returns <b>true</b> when command 
- terminates successfully and <b>nil</b> plus error information 
- otherwise. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>unpack</code> was moved into the table library 
- and therefore must be called as <a href="#pdf-table.unpack"><code>table.unpack</code></a>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Character class <code>%z</code> in patterns is deprecated, 
- as now patterns may contain '- < code- >\ 0- < /code- > ' as a regular character.
 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The table <code>package.loaders</code> was renamed <code>package.searchers</code>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Lua does not have bytecode verification anymore. 
- So, all functions that load code 
- (<a href="#pdf-load"><code>load</code></a> and <a href="#pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile</code></a>) 
- are potentially insecure when loading untrusted binary data. 
- (Actually, those functions were already insecure because 
- of flaws in the verification algorithm.) 
- When in doubt, 
- use the <code>mode</code> argument of those functions 
- to restrict them to loading textual chunks. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The standard paths in the official distribution may 
- change between versions. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h2>8.3 – <a name="8.3">Changes in the API</a></h2> 
- <ul> 
-   
- <li> 
- Pseudoindex <code>LUA_GLOBALSINDEX</code> was removed. 
- You must get the global environment from the registry 
- (see <a href="#4.5">§4.5</a>). 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Pseudoindex <code>LUA_ENVIRONINDEX</code> 
- and functions <code>lua_getfenv</code>/<code>lua_setfenv</code> 
- were removed, 
- as C functions no longer have environments. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>luaL_register</code> is deprecated. 
- Use <a href="#luaL_setfuncs"><code>luaL_setfuncs</code></a> so that your module does not create globals. 
- (Modules are not expected to set global variables anymore.) 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- The <code>osize</code> argument to the allocation function 
- may not be zero when creating a new block, 
- that is, when <code>ptr</code> is <code>NULL</code> 
- (see <a href="#lua_Alloc"><code>lua_Alloc</code></a>). 
- Use only the test <code>ptr == NULL</code> to check whether 
- the block is new. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Finalizers (<code>__gc</code> metamethods) for userdata are called in the 
- reverse order that they were marked for finalization, 
- not that they were created (see <a href="#2.5.1">§2.5.1</a>). 
- (Most userdata are marked immediately after they are created.) 
- Moreover, 
- if the metatable does not have a <code>__gc</code> field when set, 
- the finalizer will not be called, 
- even if it is set later. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- <code>luaL_typerror</code> was removed. 
- Write your own version if you need it. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>lua_cpcall</code> is deprecated. 
- You can simply push the function with <a href="#lua_pushcfunction"><code>lua_pushcfunction</code></a> 
- and call it with <a href="#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall</code></a>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Functions <code>lua_equal</code> and <code>lua_lessthan</code> are deprecated. 
- Use the new <a href="#lua_compare"><code>lua_compare</code></a> with appropriate options instead. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <code>lua_objlen</code> was renamed <a href="#lua_rawlen"><code>lua_rawlen</code></a>. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <a href="#lua_load"><code>lua_load</code></a> has an extra parameter, <code>mode</code>. 
- Pass <code>NULL</code> to simulate the old behavior. 
- </li> 
-   
- <li> 
- Function <a href="#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume</code></a> has an extra parameter, <code>from</code>. 
- Pass <code>NULL</code> or the thread doing the call. 
- </li> 
-   
- </ul> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <h1>9 – <a name="9">The Complete Syntax of Lua</a></h1> 
-   
- <p> 
- Here is the complete syntax of Lua in extended BNF. 
- (It does not describe operator precedences.) 
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <pre> 
-   
-         chunk ::= block 
-   
-         block ::= {stat} [retstat] 
-   
-         stat ::=  ‘<b>;</b>’ |  
-                  varlist ‘<b>=</b>’ explist |  
-                  functioncall |  
-                  label |  
-                  <b>break</b> |  
-                  <b>goto</b> Name |  
-                  <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>while</b> exp <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>repeat</b> block <b>until</b> exp |  
-                  <b>if</b> exp <b>then</b> block {<b>elseif</b> exp <b>then</b> block} [<b>else</b> block] <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>for</b> Name ‘<b>=</b>’ exp ‘<b>,</b>’ exp [‘<b>,</b>’ exp] <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>for</b> namelist <b>in</b> explist <b>do</b> block <b>end</b> |  
-                  <b>function</b> funcname funcbody |  
-                  <b>local</b> <b>function</b> Name funcbody |  
-                  <b>local</b> namelist [‘<b>=</b>’ explist]  
-   
-         retstat ::= <b>return</b> [explist] [‘<b>;</b>’] 
-   
-         label ::= ‘<b>::</b>’ Name ‘<b>::</b>’ 
-   
-         funcname ::= Name {‘<b>.</b>’ Name} [‘<b>:</b>’ Name] 
-   
-         varlist ::= var {‘<b>,</b>’ var} 
-   
-         var ::=  Name | prefixexp ‘<b>[</b>’ exp ‘<b>]</b>’ | prefixexp ‘<b>.</b>’ Name  
-   
-         namelist ::= Name {‘<b>,</b>’ Name} 
-   
-         explist ::= exp {‘<b>,</b>’ exp} 
-   
-         exp ::=  <b>nil</b> | <b>false</b> | <b>true</b> | Number | String | ‘<b>...</b>’ | functiondef |  
-                  prefixexp | tableconstructor | exp binop exp | unop exp  
-   
-         prefixexp ::= var | functioncall | ‘<b>(</b>’ exp ‘<b>)</b>’ 
-   
-         functioncall ::=  prefixexp args | prefixexp ‘<b>:</b>’ Name args  
-   
-         args ::=  ‘<b>(</b>’ [explist] ‘<b>)</b>’ | tableconstructor | String  
-   
-         functiondef ::= <b>function</b> funcbody 
-   
-         funcbody ::= ‘<b>(</b>’ [parlist] ‘<b>)</b>’ block <b>end</b> 
-   
-         parlist ::= namelist [‘<b>,</b>’ ‘<b>...</b>’] | ‘<b>...</b>’ 
-   
-         tableconstructor ::= ‘<b>{</b>’ [fieldlist] ‘<b>}</b>’ 
-   
-         fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep] 
-   
-         field ::= ‘<b>[</b>’ exp ‘<b>]</b>’ ‘<b>=</b>’ exp | Name ‘<b>=</b>’ exp | exp 
-   
-         fieldsep ::= ‘<b>,</b>’ | ‘<b>;</b>’ 
-   
-         binop ::= ‘<b>+</b>’ | ‘<b>-</b>’ | ‘<b>*</b>’ | ‘<b>/</b>’ | ‘<b>^</b>’ | ‘<b>%</b>’ | ‘<b>..</b>’ |  
-                  ‘<b><</b>’ | ‘<b><=</b>’ | ‘<b>></b>’ | ‘<b>>=</b>’ | ‘<b>==</b>’ | ‘<b>~=</b>’ |  
-                  <b>and</b> | <b>or</b> 
-   
-         unop ::= ‘<b>-</b>’ | <b>not</b> | ‘<b>#</b>’ 
-   
- </pre> 
-   
- <p> 
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
- <HR> 
- <SMALL CLASS="footer"> 
- Last update: 
- Mon Feb 23 22:24:44 BRT 2015 
- </SMALL> 
- <!-- 
- Last change: revised for Lua 5.2.4 
- --> 
-   
- </body></html> 
-   
-